doctrine_n and_o in_o the_o whole_a spiritual_a government_n therefore_o there_o ought_v to_o be_v a_o temper_n keep_v for_o this_o disease_n have_v always_o reign_v in_o prince_n to_o desire_v to_o bend_v religion_n according_a to_o their_o own_o pleasure_n and_o lust_n and_o for_o their_o own_o profit_n in_o the_o mean_a time_n so_o far_o he_o in_o which_o word_n two_o point_n be_v observable_a first_o the_o lawful_a exercise_n of_o the_o power_n of_o the_o supreme_a magistrate_n as_o it_o do_v keep_v its_o due_a limit_n in_o cause_n ecclesiastical_a second_o the_o redundancy_n and_o the_o excess_n of_o the_o power_n when_o it_o do_v tread_v under_o foot_n the_o law_n of_o the_o church_n that_o which_o these_o learned_a man_n do_v speak_v concern_v the_o supremacy_n of_o the_o king_n of_o england_n in_o cause_n ecclesiastical_a and_o the_o danger_n of_o the_o excess_n of_o the_o civil_a power_n have_v be_v too_o true_o verify_v by_o some_o in_o our_o day_n not_o only_o to_o the_o total_a ruin_n of_o themselves_o but_o also_o to_o the_o destruction_n of_o that_o sovereignty_n itself_o which_o they_o do_v so_o immeasurable_o exalt_v and_o whereas_o calvin_n in_o the_o place_n aforemention_v have_v these_o word_n et_fw-la hodie_fw-la quam_fw-la multi_fw-la sunt_fw-la in_o papatu_fw-la qui_fw-la regibus_fw-la accumulant_fw-la quicquid_fw-la possunt_fw-la juris_fw-la &_o potestatis_fw-la and_o at_o this_o day_n say_v he_o how_o many_o be_v there_o in_o the_o papacy_n that_o heap_n upon_o king_n whatsoever_o right_o or_o power_n they_o can_v possible_a so_o that_o there_o may_v not_o be_v any_o dispute_n of_o religion_n but_o this_o power_n shall_v be_v in_o one_o king_n to_o decree_v according_a to_o his_o own_o pleasure_n whatsoever_o he_o list_v and_o that_o shall_v remain_v fix_v without_o controversy_n so_o far_o he_o but_o we_o for_o our_o part_n may_v not_o only_o say_v quam_fw-la multi_fw-la in_o papatu_fw-la how_o many_o in_o the_o papacy_n but_o how_o many_o in_o the_o profession_n of_o the_o protestant_a religion_n have_v accumulate_v this_o great_a power_n upon_o prince_n that_o they_o may_v do_v what_o they_o list_v in_o the_o church_n of_o god_n and_o in_o the_o determination_n of_o matter_n of_o faith_n in_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n these_o thing_n be_v set_v down_o as_o the_o true_a cause_n of_o the_o destruction_n of_o kingdom_n that_o be_v a_o most_o divine_a expression_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o three_o child_n chap._n 2._o ver_fw-la 20_o 21._o wisdom_n and_o might_n be_v his_o and_o he_o change_v the_o time_n and_o season_n he_o remove_v king_n and_o set_v up_o king_n and_o for_o the_o cause_n of_o these_o change_n it_o be_v more_o particular_o express_v chap._n 7._o v._n 11._o i_o behold_v then_o because_o of_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o great_a word_n which_o the_o horn_n speak_v i_o behold_v even_o till_o the_o beast_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o body_n destroy_v and_o give_v to_o the_o burn_a fire_n all_o solid_a interpreter_n do_v understand_v some_o state_n or_o government_n to_o be_v type_v by_o the_o little_a horn._n now_o the_o destruction_n of_o such_o a_o state_n or_o government_n do_v arise_v immediate_o from_o hence_o because_o of_o great_a word_n which_o the_o horn_n do_v speak_v against_o the_o most_o high_a therefore_o the_o exorbitancy_n of_o the_o power_n against_o religion_n christ_n and_o his_o saint_n be_v oftentimes_o the_o cause_n of_o the_o eversion_n of_o state_n and_o kingdom_n but_o that_o we_o may_v more_o full_o understand_v how_o far_o the_o power_n may_v go_v and_o whither_o it_o must_v not_o go_v let_v we_o consider_v the_o example_n of_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o here_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o asa_n jehosaphat_n hezekiah_n josiah_n do_v great_a thing_n about_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o church_n and_o have_v a_o very_a large_a testimony_n for_o their_o zeal_n in_o the_o worship_n of_o god_n yet_o i_o be_o sure_a none_o can_v say_v that_o their_o power_n be_v so_o transcendent_a as_o to_o abrogate_v any_o thing_n that_o be_v appoint_v or_o immediate_o command_v by_o god_n in_o his_o word_n for_o when_o uzziah_n the_o king_n will_v offer_v incense_n that_o appertain_v not_o to_o he_o but_o to_o the_o son_n of_o aaron_n he_o be_v imitten_v with_o leprosy_n and_o compel_v to_o dwell_v alone_o as_o one_o that_o shall_v have_v no_o commerce_n nor_o society_n with_o man_n so_o belshazzar_n the_o king_n when_o he_o make_v a_o feast_n to_o a_o thousand_o of_o his_o lord_n we_o read_v that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o feast_n the_o finger_n of_o a_o man_n hand_n do_v appear_v and_o write_v upon_o the_o wall_n the_o destruction_n of_o the_o king_n and_o the_o kingdom_n and_o the_o cause_n of_o this_o judgement_n be_v expound_v by_o daniel_n himself_o in_o these_o word_n chap._n 5._o ver_fw-la 25._o thou_o have_v lift_v up_o thyself_o against_o the_o lord_n of_o heaven_n and_o they_o have_v bring_v the_o vessel_n of_o his_o house_n before_o thou_o and_o thou_o and_o thy_o lord_n thy_o wife_n and_o thy_o concubine_n have_v drink_v wine_n in_o they_o belshazzar_n and_o nabuchadnezzar_n both_o by_o strong_a conviction_n and_o demonstration_n be_v bring_v to_o understand_v that_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n be_v the_o only_a true_a god_n and_o that_o they_o have_v their_o dominion_n from_o he_o now_o when_o they_o be_v not_o content_v with_o this_o which_o the_o lord_n have_v give_v they_o but_o will_v insult_v over_o the_o giver_n and_o drink_v wine_n in_o the_o bowl_n of_o the_o temple_n which_o they_o have_v take_v with_o sacrilegious_a hand_n this_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o king_n and_o kingdom_n at_o last_o there_o be_v a_o remarkable_a passage_n of_o herodotus_n in_o his_o second_o book_n where_o he_o make_v mention_n of_o a_o statue_n that_o be_v set_v up_o to_o sennacherib_n in_o one_o of_o the_o temple_n of_o egypt_n with_o this_o inscription_n and_o title_n upon_o it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d whosoever_o look_v upon_o i_o let_v he_o learn_v to_o be_v pious_a this_o testimony_n as_o it_o have_v the_o great_a probability_n of_o truth_n so_o do_v it_o singular_o well_o agree_v with_o the_o story_n of_o the_o scripture_n we_o read_v that_o 185000_o be_v slay_v in_o one_o night_n in_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o assyrian_n by_o a_o angel_n send_v from_o heaven_n sennacherib_n himself_o be_v kill_v by_o his_o own_o two_o son_n and_o that_o great_a empire_n do_v decline_v and_o lose_v its_o vigour_n by_o degree_n now_o if_o we_o look_v into_o the_o cause_n of_o all_o this_o we_o shall_v find_v that_o the_o insolency_n of_o that_o king_n against_o god_n and_o his_o church_n be_v that_o which_o break_v he_o all_o to_o piece_n this_o be_v do_v in_o the_o sight_n of_o all_o asia_n that_o the_o world_n may_v know_v that_o the_o insolency_n of_o the_o great_a power_n of_o the_o earth_n against_o god_n will_v prove_v the_o certain_a cause_n of_o their_o destruction_n but_o we_o will_v conclude_v this_o matter_n with_o that_o exhortation_n of_o the_o psalmist_n for_o so_o he_o speak_v to_o all_o prince_n and_o potentate_n who_o do_v entrench_v upon_o the_o prerogative_n of_o christ_n be_v wise_a now_o therefore_o o_o you_o king_n and_o be_v instruct_v you_o judge_n of_o the_o earth_n serve_v the_o lord_n with_o fear_n and_o rejoice_v with_o tremble_a kiss_v the_o son_n lest_o he_o be_v angry_a and_o you_o perish_v from_o the_o way_n psa._n 2._o ver_fw-la 10_o 11_o 12._o now_o why_o do_v he_o exhort_v the_o king_n and_o judge_n of_o the_o earth_n to_o be_v wise_a rather_o than_o other_o man_n they_o be_v god_n vicegerent_n and_o there_o be_v none_o great_a in_o power_n than_o they_o and_o through_o the_o greatness_n of_o their_o place_n none_o be_v more_o apt_a to_o bend_v religion_n according_a to_o their_o own_o pleasure_n and_o lust_n than_o they_o be_v because_o this_o be_v more_o immediate_o against_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o come_v near_a to_o antichristian_a pride_n the_o psalmist_n do_v advise_v they_o to_o take_v heed_n what_o they_o do_v to_o serve_v the_o lord_n with_o fear_n and_o to_o rejoice_v with_o tremble_a if_o not_o he_o tell_v they_o plain_o their_o insolency_n against_o christ_n and_o his_o church_n will_v be_v a_o certain_a cause_n of_o their_o destruction_n this_o be_v make_v manifest_a from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o psalm_n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n set_v themselves_o and_o the_o ruler_n take_v counsel_n together_o against_o the_o lâ—…rd_n and_o against_o his_o anointed_n say_v let_v we_o break_v their_o bond_n asunder_o and_o cast_v away_o their_o cord_n from_o we_o ver_fw-la 2._o now_o he_o do_v direct_v his_o speech_n to_o such_o as_o these_o and_o tell_v they_o plain_o that_o the_o lord_n christ_n will_v break_v they_o with_o a_o rod_n of_o iron_n and_o dash_v they_o
the_o conscientious_a reader_n whosoever_o he_o be_v that_o have_v a_o mind_n give_v to_o he_o to_o calculate_v the_o time_n and_o to_o search_v into_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o most_o admire_a book_n of_o the_o revelation_n before_o i_o come_v to_o the_o body_n of_o the_o treatise_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v impertinent_a to_o remove_v a_o few_o prejudices_fw-la in_o the_o begin_n and_o that_o i_o may_v the_o better_o be_v understand_v brief_o to_o show_v the_o whole_a pattern_n of_o the_o work_n when_o the_o spirit_n do_v speak_v of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n thereof_o he_o do_v insinuate_v that_o every_o vulgar_a understanding_n be_v not_o fit_a for_o such_o a_o computation_n for_o say_v he_o here_o be_v wisdom_n let_v he_o that_o have_v understanding_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n etc._n etc._n now_o i_o do_v not_o assume_v to_o myself_o such_o a_o peculiarity_n of_o wisdom_n above_o other_o man_n for_o none_o have_v great_a cause_n to_o have_v the_o consideration_n of_o his_o own_o unworthiness_n to_o be_v set_v before_o he_o but_o because_o i_o have_v have_v a_o long_a time_n a_o great_a inclination_n to_o the_o study_n of_o the_o prophecy_n to_o compare_v they_o with_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o find_v the_o lord_n blessing_n upon_o my_o endeavour_n i_o be_o the_o more_o willing_a to_o communicate_v that_o to_o other_o which_o i_o have_v find_v to_o before_o my_o private_a satisfaction_n i_o may_v speak_v it_o with_o modesty_n that_o i_o have_v spare_v no_o pain_n to_o compare_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n period_n with_o period_n time_n with_o time_n vision_z with_o vision_z i_o have_v peruse_v many_o commentary_n both_o of_o the_o modern_a and_o ancient_a time_n and_o use_v all_o mean_n convenient_a for_o the_o discovery_n of_o truth_n and_o therefore_o though_o in_o this_o kind_n of_o learning_n i_o will_v not_o take_v it_o upon_o i_o to_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d yet_o i_o may_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d though_o i_o have_v not_o this_o wisdom_n i_o do_v profess_v myself_o to_o be_v the_o lover_n and_o admirer_n of_o they_o that_o have_v it_o now_o whereas_o it_o may_v be_v some_o prejudice_n that_o in_o this_o treatise_n mention_n be_v make_v of_o a_o five_o monarchy_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n i_o must_v needs_o acknowledge_v the_o truth_n of_o the_o doctrine_n right_o state_v but_o not_o as_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o chiliast_n which_o do_v ordinary_o congregate_v with_o it_o many_o heterogeneal_a falsity_n and_o unsavoury_a error_n for_o though_o there_o may_v be_v cause_n to_o maintain_v the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n yet_o it_o be_v not_o necessary_a to_o maintain_v his_o visible_a and_o personal_a reign_n and_o though_o there_o may_v be_v cause_n to_o defend_v the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o martyr_n slay_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n yet_o it_o be_v not_o necessary_a to_o defend_v their_o historical_a literal_a and_o corporal_a resurrection_n at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n and_o though_o with_o mr._n brightman_n and_o mr._n forbes_n we_o hold_v the_o new_a jerusalem_n to_o be_v the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o earth_n yet_o we_o be_v far_o from_o the_o riot_n of_o their_o opinion_n who_o hold_v that_o man_n shall_v live_v without_o ordinance_n without_o sin_n and_o misery_n in_o those_o time_n but_o if_o it_o be_v further_o allege_v that_o they_o that_o be_v for_o this_o way_n the_o very_o best_a of_o they_o have_v many_o absurdity_n i_o answer_v that_o piscator_fw-la alstedius_n mede_n and_o some_o other_o have_v but_o general_o speak_v of_o the_o thing_n and_o have_v not_o descend_v to_o particular_n and_o as_o they_o have_v have_v great_a reason_n to_o depart_v from_o other_o interpreter_n so_o have_v they_o use_v great_a moderation_n in_o manage_v the_o point_n leave_v many_o thing_n for_o the_o discovery_n of_o future_a time_n on_o the_o other_o side_n for_o the_o 1000_o year_n i_o will_v glad_o know_v of_o they_o that_o differ_v where_o they_o will_v seat_v this_o period_n of_o time_n if_o they_o will_v say_v that_o it_o be_v the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n in_o heaven_n then_o let_v they_o show_v what_o be_v the_o battle_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n and_o how_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o the_o belove_a city_n may_v be_v besiege_v in_o heaven_n but_o if_o they_o take_v it_o for_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n then_o they_o must_v necessary_o come_v to_o admit_v one_o member_n in_o this_o disjunctive_a they_o must_v say_v either_o this_o period_n of_o time_n be_v already_o past_a or_o else_o it_o be_v to_o come_v if_o it_o be_v already_o past_a where_o have_v the_o church_n enjoy_v these_o year_n of_o her_o felicity_n and_o of_o her_o rest_n from_o persecution_n upon_o earth_n add_v moreover_o to_o all_o this_o that_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n for_o 1000_o year_n be_v immediate_o oppose_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o martyr_n to_o their_o death_n that_o have_v be_v in_o all_o antichristian_a time_n those_o soul_n be_v only_o represent_v in_o the_o figure_n to_o live_v again_o that_o be_v behead_v for_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o for_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n that_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o beast_n nor_o receive_v his_o mark_n etc._n etc._n if_o therefore_o we_o will_v right_o understand_v the_o meaning_n of_o these_o thing_n here_o be_v no_o visible_a or_o personal_a reign_n as_o some_o do_v imagine_v but_o when_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n be_v set_v up_o as_o the_o regent-law_n among_o the_o nation_n then_o the_o lord_n christ_n do_v take_v the_o kingdom_n and_o do_v begin_v to_o reign_v and_o this_o the_o lord_n name_v be_v praise_v be_v begin_v already_o by_o the_o preach_a of_o the_o eternal_a gospel_n by_o luther_n and_o other_o rev._n 14._o 6_o 7._o for_o now_o whole_a nation_n kingdom_n and_o commonwealth_n have_v set_v up_o the_o faith_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o religion_n of_o the_o state_n when_o it_o be_v persecute_v and_o tread_v down_o before_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o by_o all_o state_n and_o government_n that_o do_v own_o and_o submit_v to_o he_o as_o head_n of_o the_o church_n and_o for_o the_o martyr_n i_o conceive_v that_o here_o be_v no_o liâ—…eral_n and_o corporeal_a resurrection_n of_o their_o body_n only_a john_n in_o the_o vision_n and_o in_o the_o figure_n see_v the_o soul_n of_o they_o that_o be_v behead_v for_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o antichristian_a tyranny_n be_v end_v he_o see_v their_o deliverance_n and_o emersion_n from_o under_o this_o kind_n of_o death_n these_o thing_n i_o think_v good_a more_o large_o to_o note_v to_o take_v off_o the_o prejudice_n of_o the_o millenarian_a opinion_n mere_a necessity_n do_v compel_v i_o to_o maintain_v that_o which_o i_o conceive_v to_o be_v a_o truth_n of_o god_n and_o if_o the_o matter_n be_v right_o state_v i_o believe_v here_o will_v be_v nothing_o find_v that_o will_v cross_v the_o analogy_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n the_o authority_n of_o the_o magistrate_n and_o the_o support_n of_o the_o public_a ministry_n but_o rather_o it_o will_v establish_v all_o these_o thing_n but_o to_o come_v a_o little_a more_o near_o to_o the_o main_a scope_n of_o the_o present_a discourse_n see_v i_o take_v 666_o to_o be_v the_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n of_o universal_a headship_n in_o this_o perhaps_o they_o may_v be_v offend_v that_o be_v against_o all_o calculation_n of_o prophetical_a number_n but_o for_o such_o a_o way_n in_o general_a we_o have_v good_a ground_n from_o the_o scripture_n both_o of_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n if_o any_o have_v go_v too_o far_o in_o other_o point_n to_o determine_v to_o a_o particular_a year_n before_o the_o prophecy_n have_v be_v fulfil_v and_o so_o have_v be_v mistake_v in_o the_o present_a case_n there_o can_v be_v the_o same_o suspicion_n of_o falsehood_n when_o we_o say_v that_o 666_o be_v the_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o which_o respect_n it_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n in_o this_o we_o be_v on_o the_o sure_a side_n because_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o thing_n be_v already_o verify_v and_o make_v good_a in_o the_o experience_n of_o the_o church_n and_o whereas_o all_o the_o reform_a church_n and_o our_o late_a assembly_n of_o divine_n in_o their_o confession_n of_o faith_n chap._n 25._o sect._n 6._o do_v place_n the_o formality_n of_o antichristianism_n in_o this_o as_o the_o
clear_a but_o the_o time_n in_o the_o 7_o of_o daniel_n also_o will_v be_v much_o illustrate_v if_o we_o parallel_v they_o with_o the_o time_n of_o the_o revelation_n only_o here_o will_v lie_v the_o weight_n of_o the_o business_n whether_o the_o matter_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o both_o prophecy_n and_o it_o must_v necessary_o be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o if_o we_o can_v solid_o prove_v the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o daniel_n to_o be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n all_o do_v agree_v that_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n and_o if_o we_o can_v make_v it_o appear_v that_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n be_v describe_v in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n this_o will_v be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o band_n or_o ligament_n to_o couple_v both_o prophecy_n together_o and_o a_o mean_a to_o expound_v the_o one_o by_o that_o conformity_n which_o it_o have_v to_o the_o other_o but_o because_o junius_n and_o his_o follower_n and_o by_o name_n dr_n willet_n do_v so_o strong_o insist_v upon_o the_o point_n that_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o both_o prophecy_n be_v not_o one_o and_o the_o same_o roman_a kingdom_n but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o only_a in_o analogy_n and_o similitude_n of_o expression_n if_o they_o can_v make_v their_o word_n good_a i_o confess_v that_o we_o shall_v be_v liable_a to_o a_o great_a mistake_n when_o we_o shall_v take_v that_o for_o real_o the_o same_o which_o be_v only_o the_o same_o in_o some_o similitude_n interpreter_n have_v go_v too_o far_o this_o way_n as_o it_o be_v clear_a by_o experience_n for_o paraeâ—…_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o commentary_n treat_v of_o the_o method_n of_o the_o revelation_n do_v draw_v three_o observation_n out_o of_o augustine_n 20_o book_n of_o the_o city_n of_o god_n cap._n 17._o first_o say_v he_o there_o be_v many_o thing_n dark_o deliver_v in_o the_o prophecy_n to_o exercise_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o reader_n second_o there_o be_v some_o thing_n deliver_v more_o clear_o by_o the_o understanding_n of_o which_o we_o may_v discover_v the_o other_o that_o be_v more_o dark_a if_o diligence_n be_v use_v three_o it_o do_v exceed_o conduce_v to_o the_o unfolding_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o this_o book_n that_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v repeat_v in_o a_o different_a way_n of_o expression_n we_o do_v acknowledge_v that_o these_o observation_n be_v of_o good_a use_n but_o that_o some_o interpreter_n as_o paraeus_n himself_o in_o his_o commentary_n and_o lampadius_n in_o his_o 〈◊〉_d upon_o sleâ—…d_n in_o de_fw-fr 4_o imperiis_fw-la and_o some_o other_o have_v go_v too_o far_o this_o way_n there_o be_v some_o similitude_n between_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n and_o the_o seven_o vial_n but_o the_o author_n aforenamed_a have_v much_o disturb_v the_o true_a course_n of_o the_o apocalyptical_a time_n when_o they_o take_v the_o trumpet_n and_o the_o seal_n for_o the_o same_o in_o matter_n though_o they_o differ_v in_o manner_n to_o avoid_v thâ—…_n rock_n we_o will_v first_o prove_v the_o identity_n of_o two_o scripture_n and_o then_o expound_v they_o by_o way_n of_o parallel_n upon_o this_o consideration_n we_o do_v now_o fall_v upon_o the_o work_n to_o prove_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o if_o this_o can_v be_v make_v good_a than_o it_o will_v be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n with_o that_o which_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o revelation_n and_o so_o we_o shall_v parallel_v the_o one_o by_o the_o time_n of_o the_o other_o prophecy_n now_o let_v we_o hear_v what_o junius_n broughton_n piscator_fw-la and_o other_o learned_a man_n can_v allege_v to_o the_o contrary_n junius_n there_o be_v none_o that_o be_v ignorant_a how_o various_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v interpret_v for_o some_o think_v this_o place_n to_o appertain_v to_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o continue_v to_o the_o consummation_n of_o the_o world_n other_o will_v have_v the_o monarchy_n here_o mean_v to_o continue_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n only_o in_o which_o number_n they_o have_v place_v the_o roman_a their_o free-state_n and_o their_o empire_n be_v unite_v in_o one_o and_o true_o the_o former_a opinion_n all_o the_o father_n have_v follow_v be_v move_v as_o it_o be_v probable_a with_o this_o expression_n there_o be_v a_o god_n in_o heaven_n that_o make_v know_v to_o the_o king_n what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a day_n chap._n 2._o 28._o but_o they_o have_v not_o well_o observe_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text_n for_o the_o hebrew_n word_n do_v not_o signify_v that_o which_o be_v last_o but_o that_o which_o be_v latter_a or_o that_o which_o come_v after_o though_o it_o be_v not_o simple_o the_o last_o of_o all_o answer_n if_o we_o observe_v the_o rule_v lay_v down_o by_o dr_n willet_n 1._o that_o the_o kingdom_n here_o describe_v be_v monarchical_a kingdom_n 2._o monarchical_a kingdom_n about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n 3._o such_o monarchical_a kingdom_n where_o the_o latter_a do_v build_v themselves_o upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o former_a if_o we_o observe_v these_o rule_n it_o will_v be_v no_o difficult_a matter_n to_o define_v the_o monarchy_n what_o they_o be_v where_o they_o begin_v and_o where_o they_o make_v a_o end_n there_o need_v be_v no_o variety_n of_o opinion_n in_o a_o matter_n of_o such_o common_a experience_n and_o in_o particular_a the_o same_o experience_n show_v that_o the_o roman_a must_v be_v the_o four_o particular_a kingdom_n as_o for_o those_o interpreter_n who_o will_v have_v this_o kingdom_n to_o expire_v at_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n they_o do_v not_o err_v in_o take_v the_o roman_a for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n nor_o in_o join_v the_o free-state_n and_o the_o empire_n in_o one_o but_o they_o err_v in_o this_o that_o they_o end_v that_o monarchy_n at_o the_o come_v of_o christ._n for_o this_o be_v contrary_n to_o experience_n and_o the_o testimony_n of_o the_o scripture_n for_o what_o shall_v be_v the_o ten_o horn_n or_o the_o ten_o king_n what_o shall_v be_v the_o little_a horn_n what_o shall_v be_v all_o the_o other_o property_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o how_o shall_v all_o these_o be_v attribute_v to_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n if_o it_o end_v at_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n for_o the_o former_a expositor_n it_o be_v true_a that_o all_o antiquity_n in_o a_o manner_n have_v follow_v this_o way_n to_o take_v the_o roman_a for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n to_o which_o i_o may_v add_v many_o of_o the_o interpreter_n of_o these_o time_n and_o some_o eminent_a in_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o prophetical_a scripture_n as_o brightman_n grasserus_n mede_n and_o other_o but_o that_o this_o shall_v be_v the_o principal_a ground_n that_o move_v they_o to_o take_v the_o roman_a for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n because_o the_o lord_n show_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n what_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o last_o time_n this_o i_o can_v take_v to_o be_v the_o prime_a foundation_n on_o which_o those_o expositor_n do_v build_v to_o my_o understanding_n this_o phrase_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n or_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o original_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o extremity_n of_o day_n or_o as_o piscator_fw-la polanus_fw-la and_o other_o will_v have_v it_o temporibus_fw-la consequentibus_fw-la in_o the_o time_n follow_v this_o expression_n naked_o consider_v enforce_v nothing_o at_o all_o whereas_o jacob_n assemble_v his_o son_n together_o to_o tell_v they_o what_o shall_v happen_v to_o they_o in_o the_o latter_a day_n i_o do_v in_o this_o matter_n agree_v with_o dr_n willet_n that_o he_o do_v not_o assemble_v they_o together_o to_o tell_v what_o shall_v befall_v they_o in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n but_o in_o the_o time_n immediate_o follow_v yet_o this_o expression_n be_v sometime_o use_v to_o foretell_v what_o shall_v be_v do_v in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o therefore_o the_o prophet_n hosea_n say_v that_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n shall_v return_v and_o seek_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n and_o david_n their_o king_n and_o shall_v fear_v the_o lord_n and_o his_o goodness_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n or_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o original_a in_o the_o extremity_n of_o day_n there_o be_v no_o doubt_n to_o be_v make_v but_o that_o the_o prophet_n speak_v of_o the_o future_a call_n of_o the_o jew_n that_o shall_v be_v and_o of_o their_o live_n under_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n which_o thing_n be_v to_o be_v finish_v in_o â—…e_a end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o i_o see_v no_o reason_n but_o that_o the_o lord_n may_v reveal_v the_o same_o thing_n to_o daniel_n at_o least_o the_o whole_a order_n of_o they_o he_o live_v after_o the_o time_n of_o hosea_n be_v also_o a_o man_n special_o choose_v of_o god_n to_o be_v acquaint_v with_o the_o great_a mystery_n concern_v the_o time_n of_o
the_o church_n to_o let_v pass_v the_o ambiguity_n of_o the_o phrase_n let_v we_o serious_o ponder_v the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n the_o lord_n do_v reveal_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n thing_n that_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n but_o the_o great_a question_n be_v in_o specie_fw-la what_o latter_a time_n be_v here_o intend_v it_o be_v confess_v by_o all_o that_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n be_v to_o continue_v to_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n and_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n be_v clear_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v begin_v in_o the_o time_n of_o these_o kingdom_n now_o our_o saviour_n be_v bear_v his_o gospel_n be_v preach_v and_o his_o kingdom_n begin_v when_o the_o earth_n and_o particular_o that_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v under_o the_o sovereign_a dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n to_o i_o therefore_o it_o be_v a_o infallible_a reason_n that_o the_o roman_a must_v be_v one_o of_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n and_o the_o four_o in_o particular_a because_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v then_o begin_v when_o the_o earth_n be_v under_o the_o authority_n and_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n but_o let_v we_o go_v on_o junius_n they_o which_o follow_v the_o latter_a opinion_n do_v well_o to_o end_v daniel_n prophecy_n at_o christ._n but_o this_o they_o ought_v to_o consider_v that_o the_o lord_n do_v not_o declare_v the_o state_n of_o the_o world_n universal_o but_o only_o so_o far_o as_o it_o concern_v the_o jew_n and_o the_o people_n of_o god_n and_o therefore_o in_o our_o judgement_n we_o can_v approve_v it_o that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n answer_n for_o the_o maxim_n that_o the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v describe_v only_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o jew_n i_o do_v yield_v it_o to_o be_v a_o truth_n so_o far_o as_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o only_a people_n of_o god_n but_o when_o the_o gentile_n also_o become_v his_o people_n the_o monarchy_n be_v describe_v in_o relation_n to_o they_o so_o then_o the_o metal-kingdom_n be_v not_o relate_v to_o the_o jew_n only_o nor_o to_o the_o gentile_n only_o but_o to_o the_o people_n of_o god_n both_o of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n among_o many_o this_o one_o argument_n may_v be_v sufficient_a to_o clear_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o we_o affirm_v at_o the_o end_n of_o these_o kingdom_n it_o be_v mention_v that_o the_o kingdom_n and_o the_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 27._o who_o be_v they_o that_o be_v the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v we_o say_v that_o they_o be_v only_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n then_o it_o will_v follow_v that_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n only_o shall_v constitute_v and_o make_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n and_o how_o contrary_a be_v this_o to_o all_o colour_n and_o show_v of_o truth_n second_o admit_v it_o shall_v be_v grant_v that_o in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n the_o lord_n shall_v only_o have_v respect_n to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n this_o do_v not_o exclude_v the_o roman_a from_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n for_o as_o the_o jew_n be_v sometime_o under_o the_o babylonian_n sometime_o under_o the_o persian_n sometime_o under_o the_o grecian_n so_o sixty_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o our_o lord_n they_o come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n who_o be_v the_o particular_a nation_n and_o state_n of_o who_o the_o prophet_n speak_v the_o people_n of_o the_o prince_n that_o shall_v come_v shall_v destroy_v the_o city_n and_o sanctuary_n dan._n 9_o 26._o if_o you_o number_v the_o time_n from_o that_o instant_n when_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n begin_v you_o shall_v find_v that_o there_o be_v 130_o year_n to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o titus_n and_o vespasian_n so_o long_a the_o jewish_a church_n and_o nation_n be_v under_o the_o roman_a obedience_n so_o then_o we_o conclude_v if_o the_o monarchy_n be_v number_v only_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o jew_n the_o roman_a may_v be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o as_o well_o as_o the_o babylonian_a persian_a oâ—…_n grecian_a what_o shall_v hinder_v junius_n they_o that_o so_o number_n must_v of_o necessity_n confound_v the_o popular_a state_n with_o the_o sovereign_a command_n of_o one_o which_o be_v here_o only_o mention_v neither_o do_v the_o roman_n any_o way_n afflict_v the_o jew_n till_o the_o time_n of_o cleopatra_n or_o herod_n answer_n this_o be_v most_o true_a that_o the_o jew_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-state_n and_o therefore_o in_o these_o time_n we_o begin_v the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o kingdom_n now_o whereas_o it_o be_v allege_v that_o in_o so_o do_v we_o do_v confound_v the_o popular_a state_n and_o the_o government_n by_o one_o to_o this_o i_o answer_v we_o be_v not_o here_o so_o much_o to_o look_v after_o the_o several_a form_n of_o roman_a dominion_n as_o upon_o one_o whole_a roman_a kingdom_n oppose_v to_o one_o babylonian_n to_o one_o persian_a to_o one_o grecian_a go_v before_o the_o scripture_n look_v to_o four_o kind_n of_o people_n who_o in_o their_o respective_a season_n and_o succession_n shall_v have_v absolute_a dominion_n over_o the_o earth_n and_o special_o about_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o church_n according_a to_o this_o difference_n we_o ought_v to_o distinguish_v each_o monarchy_n as_o the_o dominion_n pass_v from_o one_o people_n to_o another_o and_o not_o by_o the_o particular_a form_n of_o government_n observe_v by_o one_o people_n therefore_o it_o do_v full_o answer_v our_o purpose_n that_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n and_o lordship_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n now_o what_o form_n of_o dominion_n the_o roman_n than_o have_v be_v not_o to_o our_o purpose_n further_o whereas_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o roman_n do_v not_o afflict_v the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n till_o the_o time_n of_o herod_n give_v i_o leave_v to_o argue_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n cyrus_n do_v not_o afflict_v the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n therefore_o the_o persian_a tyranny_n do_v not_o then_o begin_v alexander_n the_o great_a do_v not_o persecute_v the_o jew_n therefore_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n do_v not_o begin_v in_o his_o time_n this_o way_n of_o reason_v be_v contrary_a to_o scripture_n and_o experience_n for_o to_o speak_v positive_o though_o cyrus_n do_v not_o afflict_v the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n yet_o he_o bring_v that_o church_n and_o people_n within_o the_o verge_n of_o the_o persian_a dominion_n which_o in_o all_o its_o time_n be_v a_o tyrannical_a state_n so_o alexander_n the_o great_a do_v not_o persecute_v the_o church_n yet_o he_o be_v the_o founder_n of_o the_o grecian_a empire_n which_o in_o the_o whole_a time_n thereof_o do_v more_o or_o less_o afflict_v the_o saint_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n the_o like_a may_v be_v say_v of_o the_o roman_n though_o there_o be_v no_o eminent_a persecution_n in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-state_n yet_o then_o the_o church_n be_v bring_v within_o the_o compass_n of_o that_o kingdom_n in_o which_o under_o which_o and_o by_o which_o there_o be_v the_o sore_a persecution_n that_o ever_o be_v as_o appear_z by_o the_o story_n of_o the_o evangelâ—…sts_n the_o act_n of_o the_o apostle_n and_o the_o whole_a book_n of_o the_o revelation_n now_o let_v we_o consider_v what_o be_v speak_v by_o mr_n broughton_n mr_n broughton_n the_o book_n of_o daniel_n handle_v principal_a point_n of_o the_o jew_n thraldom_n in_o babylon_n for_o 70_o year_n and_o seven_o time_n that_o space_n unto_o christ_n ascension_n and_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o city_n and_o temple_n so_o that_o jerusalem_n surprise_v by_o the_o chaldâ—…an_n and_o raze_v by_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o limit_n of_o the_o story_n answer_n if_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v that_o jerusalem_n seize_v by_o the_o chaldaean_n and_o raze_v by_o the_o roman_a that_o this_o be_v the_o limit_n of_o some_o of_o daniel_n vision_n and_o namely_o of_o the_o 70_o week_n it_o do_v not_o follow_v that_o this_o be_v the_o boundary_a of_o all_o his_o vision_n and_o particular_o of_o all_o the_o four_o kingdom_n type_v in_o the_o metal_n of_o the_o image_n i_o shall_v endeavour_v in_o the_o process_n of_o this_o discourse_n to_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o these_o kingdom_n do_v continue_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n rev._n 20._o but_o let_v we_o go_v on_o mr_n broughton_n the_o kingdom_n of_o babel_n be_v figure_v by_o a_o tree_n touch_v in_o
height_n the_o heaven_n and_o in_o breadth_n the_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n likewise_o the_o other_o kingdom_n aâ—…e_v semblance_v to_o a_o ram_n and_o to_o a_o goat_n buck_n and_o both_o in_o sundry_a horn_n and_o now_o all_o the_o nation_n be_v name_v that_o be_v therein_o contain_v answer_n first_o for_o the_o great_a tree_n it_o be_v not_o so_o much_o a_o figure_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n as_o of_o the_o king_n nabuchadnezzar_n in_o his_o own_o personal_a greatness_n for_o when_o the_o tree_n be_v cut_v down_o and_o nabuchadnezzar_n fall_v the_o babylonian_a empire_n stand_v foâ—…_n the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n and_o greece_n it_o be_v not_o needful_a that_o these_o two_o shall_v be_v all_o the_o nation_n which_o daniel_n do_v number_n after_o the_o babylonian_n first_o how_o do_v this_o distinguish_v the_o monarchy_n after_o the_o scripture-difference_n the_o scripture_n distinguish_v they_o according_a to_o the_o change_n from_o people_n to_o people_n chap._n 2._o vers_fw-la 44._o chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 27._o if_o therefore_o the_o babylonian_n persian_n grecian_n be_v all_o the_o people_n how_o shall_v we_o make_v four_o monarchy_n of_o three_o people_n second_o that_o of_o persia_n and_o greece_n be_v again_o repeat_v chap._n 8._o because_o they_o be_v more_o summary_o describe_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n for_o if_o we_o look_v narrow_o to_o the_o matter_n the_o seven_o chapter_n be_v for_o the_o most_o part_n take_v up_o in_o the_o descrption_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n mr_n broughton_n the_o leg_n of_o the_o image_n be_v the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n in_o the_o mighty_a kingdom_n syria_n and_o egypt_n answer_n piscator_fw-la do_v build_v much_o upon_o this_o reason_n and_o therefore_o to_o avoid_v repetition_n we_o will_v defer_v the_o examination_n thereof_o till_o we_o come_v to_o he_o mr_n broughton_n daniel_n chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 13._o one_o like_a to_o the_o son_n of_o man_n etc._n etc._n the_o jew_n grant_v christ_n here_o to_o be_v mean_v and_o if_o we_o have_v not_o deceive_v they_o by_o forge_v a_o general_n four_o monarchy_n by_o refuse_v the_o plainness_n of_o daniel_n they_o will_v have_v come_v to_o the_o faith_n long_o ago_o answer_n this_o be_v a_o good_a caution_n in_o the_o general_n and_o christian_a man_n ought_v to_o take_v heed_n how_o they_o turn_v all_o into_o nice_a dispute_n atheistical_a and_o gainsay_v people_n will_v soon_o take_v advantage_n yet_o for_o all_o this_o we_o have_v sufficient_a matter_n to_o convince_v the_o jew_n that_o their_o messiah_n be_v come_v that_o he_o be_v cut_v off_o that_o the_o â—…0_n week_n of_o daniel_n be_v at_o a_o end_n because_o jerusalem_n have_v be_v destroy_v long_o ago_o and_o the_o 70_o week_n do_v lead_v we_o to_o that_o fatal_a destruction_n for_o our_o interpretation_n that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o monarchy_n it_o be_v not_o this_o that_o keep_v the_o jew_n in_o his_o blindness_n and_o unbelief_n but_o rather_o it_o will_v be_v a_o great_a stumbling-block_n in_o his_o way_n to_o take_v the_o seleucian_n for_o the_o four_o monarchy_n mr_n broughton_n who_o affirm_v this_o to_o be_v a_o four_o monarchy_n how_o can_v he_o make_v it_o good_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seleucian_n suppose_v a_o jew_n shall_v read_v in_o the_o gospel_n write_v by_o saint_n matthew_n that_o our_o saviour_n be_v bear_v in_o bethlem_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o as_o the_o other_o evangelist_n do_v express_o say_v in_o the_o time_n of_o augustus_n caesar_n who_o cause_v all_o the_o world_n to_o be_v tax_v etc._n etc._n here_o then_o if_o a_o jew_n shall_v be_v of_o the_o judgement_n of_o these_o learned_a man_n that_o the_o roman_a be_v none_o of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o that_o there_o be_v a_o total_a dissolution_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n before_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a in_o this_o method_n and_o way_n of_o interpretation_n how_o can_v they_o possible_o make_v good_a that_o scripture_n foremention_v in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o shall_v never_o be_v destroy_v dan._n 2._o 44._o if_o the_o lord_n will_v raise_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o the_o evangelist_n all_o with_o one_o mouth_n do_v say_v that_o the_o kingdom_n be_v raise_v up_o in_o that_o time_n when_o all_o be_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n we_o may_v safe_o conclude_v that_o the_o roman_a must_v needs_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o in_o particular_a the_o four_o and_o the_o last_o kingdom_n and_o whereas_o it_o be_v allege_v one_o like_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n vers_fw-la 13._o we_o do_v willing_o yield_v when_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n in_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a state_n thereof_o shall_v be_v bring_v to_o a_o final_a destruction_n then_o in_o those_o time_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n shall_v be_v set_v up_o upon_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o last_o day_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o union_n betwixt_o jew_n and_o gentile_n under_o christ_n their_o king_n according_a to_o the_o scripture_n and_o though_o we_o do_v not_o press_v the_o strictness_n of_o the_o letter_n for_o a_o personal_a and_o visible_a reign_n of_o christ_n as_o many_o have_v do_v and_o many_o now_o do_v yet_o i_o trust_v that_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o gentile_a shall_v find_v it_o true_a that_o both_o people_n shall_v come_v under_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n when_o his_o gospel_n shall_v be_v the_o regent_n law_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n but_o of_o this_o matter_n something_o more_o large_o afterward_o mr_n broughton_n i_o will_v show_v thou_o what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o wrath_n chap._n 8._o vers_fw-la 21._o this_o place_n strong_o overthrow_v their_o error_n that_o seign_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n mean_v by_o the_o leg_n of_o the_o image_n see_v the_o greek_n be_v the_o dealer_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o wrath_n and_o it_o have_v be_v a_o strange_a thing_n that_o this_o last_o vision_n repeat_v the_o former_a shall_v neglect_v the_o roman_n if_o they_o have_v be_v speak_v of_o before_o answer_n we_o have_v show_v how_o the_o former_a kingdom_n 〈◊〉_d repeat_v in_o the_o latter_a vision_n we_o yield_v that_o there_o be_v a_o repetitiâ—…n_n of_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n but_o not_o a_o repetition_n of_o they_o in_o the_o full_a number_n for_o what_o a_o way_n of_o reason_v be_v this_o the_o babylonian_n be_v not_o reckon_v chap._n 8._o therefore_o he_o be_v none_o of_o the_o four_o great_a empire_n mention_v in_o the_o chapter_n go_v â—…efore_o let_v we_o come_v to_o the_o main_a reason_n which_o mr_n broughtâ—…_n say_v strong_o overthrow_v their_o error_n who_o feign_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n his_o argument_n be_v draw_v from_o that_o expression_n i_o will_v show_v thou_o what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o last_o end_n of_o indignation_n â—…ll_o that_o may_v be_v gather_v from_o hence_o be_v this_o that_o the_o greek_n may_v be_v dealer_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o wrath_n if_o we_o compare_v they_o with_o the_o time_n of_o daniel_n yet_o according_a to_o this_o sense_n the_o roman_n may_v be_v latter_a than_o they_o second_o if_o we_o look_v to_o the_o true_a translation_n of_o the_o word_n as_o junius_n and_o piscator_fw-la have_v it_o the_o interpretation_n must_v run_v thus_o i_o will_v make_v know_v to_o thou_o what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o extremity_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d of_o that_o indignation_n when_o antiochus_n shall_v afflict_v the_o church_n and_o therefore_o the_o angel_n do_v expound_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o these_o word_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o their_o kingdom_n when_o transgressor_n be_v come_v to_o a_o full_a end_n a_o king_n of_o fierce_a countenance_n shall_v stand_v up_o vers_n 23._o so_o then_o according_a to_o the_o true_a sense_n the_o greek_n be_v not_o so_o much_o the_o dealer_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o wrath_n as_o antiochus_n in_o particular_a be_v a_o dealer_n against_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o grecian_a tyranny_n here_o then_o be_v a_o plain_a fallacy_n à _fw-la dicto_fw-la secundum_fw-la quid_fw-la ad_fw-la dictum_fw-la simplicitur_fw-la mr_n broughton_n chap._n 12._o vers_fw-la 1._o and_o at_o that_o time_n shall_v michael_n stand_v up_o that_o stand_v for_o the_o child_n of_o thy_o people_n when_o antiochus_n go_v to_o war_n against_o parthia_n leave_v lysias_n behind_o he_o to_o have_v root_v out_o the_o jew_n then_o michael_n stand_v up_o here_o the_o term_n of_o daniel_n people_n must_v needs_o mean_v the_o jew_n and_o not_o the_o
trouble_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n now_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o holy_a jewish_a nation_n be_v never_o trouble_v in_o their_o whole_a state_n but_o in_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o angel_n speak_v of_o those_o day_n and_o this_o one_o speech_n may_v have_v keep_v daniel_n in_o his_o true_a meaning_n that_o we_o shall_v not_o draw_v he_o beyond_o christ._n answer_n if_o â—…_n may_v speak_v what_o i_o find_v by_o experience_n there_o be_v not_o any_o one_o place_n either_o in_o daniel_n or_o the_o revelation_n that_o seem_v to_o i_o to_o be_v more_o intricate_a than_o the_o number_n of_o time_n mention_v in_o this_o chapter_n it_o may_v be_v the_o lord_n will_v have_v the_o time_n to_o lie_v doubtful_a and_o to_o be_v seal_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n vers_n 4_o 9_o however_o it_o be_v though_o i_o can_v positive_o prove_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text_n yet_o we_o may_v firm_o conclude_v that_o the_o period_n of_o time_n do_v lead_v we_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o that_o they_o can_v possible_o be_v restrain_v to_o the_o persecution_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o jew_n under_o that_o tyranny_n but_o let_v we_o look_v to_o the_o text_n by_o the_o child_n of_o thy_o people_n we_o do_v willing_o acknowledge_v that_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v here_o mean_v but_o we_o do_v not_o yield_v that_o mr_n broughton_n do_v make_v a_o true_a deduction_n from_o the_o meaning_n of_o these_o word_n he_o do_v infer_v that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n his_o persecute_v the_o church_n michael_n may_v stand_v up_o because_o the_o whole_a nation_n of_o the_o jew_n suffer_v more_o eminent_o for_o religion_n in_o those_o time_n now_o here_o i_o say_v this_o can_v be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o great_a tribulation_n of_o the_o jew_n nor_o the_o time_n of_o the_o stand_n up_o of_o michael_n see_v the_o tribulation_n here_o speak_v of_o be_v after_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n for_o i_o will_v glad_o know_v what_o the_o angel_n do_v mean_a by_o these_o word_n he_o shall_v come_v to_o his_o end_n and_o none_o shall_v help_v he_o vers_n 45._o be_v it_o not_o clear_a by_o the_o whole_a tenor_n and_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n that_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n or_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n that_o this_o tyranny_n shall_v come_v to_o its_o end_n without_o help_n or_o remedy_n and_o then_o afterward_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n be_v destroy_v the_o great_a calamity_n shall_v fall_v upon_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o the_o follow_a time_n second_o our_o saviour_n himself_o that_o best_o know_v the_o meaning_n of_o daniel_n prophecy_n do_v express_o speak_v of_o the_o stand_n up_o of_o the_o abomination_n of_o desolation_n mention_v by_o daniel_n the_o prophet_n he_o do_v speak_v of_o the_o great_a wrath_n that_o ever_o be_v from_o the_o foundation_n of_o the_o world_n that_o it_o shall_v fall_v upon_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o that_o for_o the_o elect_v sake_n only_o those_o day_n shall_v be_v shorten_v now_o then_o how_o do_v he_o apply_v these_o prediction_n not_o to_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n which_o mr_n broughton_n here_o speak_v of_o but_o as_o all_o the_o evangelist_n do_v agree_v to_o the_o last_o and_o fatal_a destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o roman_n matth._n 24._o 21_o 22._o mar._n 13._o 14_o 15_o etc._n etc._n luk._n 21._o 20_o 21_o etc._n etc._n now_o whereas_o daniel_n do_v put_v the_o question_n partly_o out_o of_o a_o desire_n to_o pry_v into_o these_o mystery_n and_o partly_o to_o give_v information_n to_o the_o church_n he_o receive_v a_o answer_n suitable_a to_o the_o question_n which_o he_o do_v propound_v the_o question_n be_v this_o then_o say_v i_o o_o my_o lord_n what_o shall_v be_v the_o end_n of_o these_o thing_n vers_fw-la 8._o and_o the_o answer_n of_o the_o angel_n be_v this_o from_o the_o time_n that_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n shall_v be_v take_v away_o and_o the_o abomination_n that_o make_v desolate_a shall_v be_v set_v up_o there_o shall_v be_v 1290_o day_n bless_a be_v he_o that_o wait_v and_o come_v to_o the_o 1335_o day_n but_o go_v thy_o way_n till_o the_o end_n be_v for_o thou_o shall_v rest_v and_o stand_v in_o the_o lot_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o day_n vers_fw-la 11_o 12_o 13._o from_o the_o scope_n of_o these_o word_n if_o we_o take_v it_o for_o grant_v that_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o abomination_n of_o desolation_n be_v at_o the_o last_o and_o fatal_a destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n for_o so_o our_o saviour_n do_v expound_v the_o word_n of_o daniel_n than_o we_o do_v infer_v from_o the_o destruction_n of_o that_o city_n there_o will_v be_v 1290_o day_n and_o then_o again_o 1335_o day_n to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n and_o so_o we_o may_v conclude_v that_o this_o period_n of_o time_n will_v not_o extend_v only_o to_o the_o time_n of_o christ_n but_o very_o far_o beyond_o his_o time_n towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n but_o it_o may_v be_v allege_v see_v that_o i_o undertake_v to_o show_v the_o length_n of_o the_o period_n how_o long_o it_o shall_v continue_v and_o the_o beginning_n from_o whence_o it_o shall_v commence_v why_o do_v not_o i_o speak_v determinate_o concern_v the_o time_n where_o it_o shall_v end_v i_o do_v only_o so_o far_o undertake_v to_o speak_v of_o the_o length_n of_o this_o period_n to_o show_v that_o daniel_n prophecy_n contain_v a_o great_a number_n of_o year_n beyond_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o this_o be_v enough_o to_o confute_v mr_n broughton_n and_o other_o interpreter_n of_o this_o way_n though_o for_o my_o part_n i_o be_o not_o able_a to_o determine_v the_o question_n why_o it_o be_v say_v 1290_o day_n and_o then_o after_o that_o 1335_o day_n there_o be_v a_o special_a reason_n of_o double_v the_o number_n but_o yet_o for_o the_o accommodation_n of_o the_o time_n i_o must_v confess_v my_o ignorance_n only_o for_o the_o present_a purpose_n it_o be_v enough_o to_o say_v in_o the_o general_n that_o there_o be_v a_o great_a chain_n of_o year_n to_o begin_v after_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o that_o the_o time_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o revelation_n do_v both_o run_v parallel_n together_o to_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n but_o for_o the_o true_a concord_n of_o the_o time_n i_o do_v profess_v that_o i_o lie_v in_o the_o mire_n whereas_o the_o holy_a prophet_n be_v command_v to_o seal_v and_o to_o shut_v up_o the_o vision_n we_o be_v not_o to_o take_v this_o simple_o as_o though_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o perpetual_a enclosure_n and_o a_o absolute_a concealment_n of_o the_o sense_n for_o ever_o but_o only_o that_o the_o disclose_v be_v refer_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n they_o that_o shall_v live_v near_o upon_o the_o accomplishment_n of_o the_o prophecy_n upon_o the_o border_n of_o the_o glorious_a church_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o call_v of_o the_o jew_n perhaps_o they_o shall_v see_v that_o which_o have_v lie_v hide_v in_o the_o scripture_n for_o many_o age_n though_o daniel_n be_v to_o seal_v up_o the_o vision_n for_o the_o time_n present_a yet_o in_o the_o latter_a day_n many_o shall_v run_v to_o and_o fro_o and_o knowledge_n shall_v be_v increase_v vers_fw-la 4._o object_n but_o if_o it_o shall_v be_v say_v that_o the_o great_a question_n do_v lie_v in_o this_o from_o what_o beginning_n be_v we_o to_o fetch_v this_o period_n of_o time_n or_o where_o be_v the_o date_n thereof_o some_o place_n the_o begin_n of_o these_o year_n in_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n some_o in_o the_o abomination_n of_o the_o desolation_n set_v up_o by_o julian_n the_o apostate_n sol._n for_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o abomination_n of_o desolation_n there_o be_v no_o question_n but_o that_o this_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o calamity_n under_o the_o roman_n for_o so_o our_o saviour_n do_v expound_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o there_o be_v good_a reason_n wherefore_o we_o shall_v rest_v in_o the_o authority_n of_o such_o a_o interpreter_n as_o for_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o abomination_n of_o desolation_n by_o julian_n the_o apostate_n i_o marvel_v that_o such_o a_o judicious_a interpreter_n as_o mr_n brightman_n shall_v rest_v upon_o so_o groundless_a a_o conceit_n but_o as_o groundless_a as_o it_o be_v i_o find_v that_o many_o man_n be_v carry_v away_o with_o his_o authority_n but_o first_o of_o all_o how_o be_v julian_n a_o taker_n away_o of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n he_o rather_o countenance_v the_o jew_n against_o the_o christian_n socrat._v lib._n 3._o second_o how_o
1290_o day_n the_o time_n of_o the_o dispersion_n do_v run_v from_o that_o begiâ—…_n 〈◊〉_d we_o haâ—…e_v good_a reason_n to_o take_v this_o for_o a_o authentic_a 〈◊〉_d because_o danâ—…el_n in_o the_o 12_o chapter_n do_v more_o large_o repeâ—…_n 〈◊〉_d desolation_n by_o the_o roman_n which_o he_o have_v more_o brief_o 〈◊〉_d chap._n 9_o we_o can_v be_v persuade_v but_o that_o the_o propâ—…_n 〈◊〉_d last_o vision_n go_v far_o into_o the_o time_n than_o he_o do_v iâ—…_n 〈◊〉_d go_v before_o at_o least_o he_o go_v as_o far_o for_o 〈◊〉_d be_v express_o say_v concern_v this_o last_o vision_n that_o the_o time_n be_v long_o and_o for_o many_o day_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o as_o mr_n broughton_n do_v well_o render_v it_o the_o army-like-ordered_n time_n be_v great_a piscator_fw-la upon_o the_o place_n also_o do_v well_o observe_v the_o same_o propriety_n of_o the_o phrase_n vide_fw-la â—…r_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d essâ—…_n metaphora_fw-la quod_fw-la in_o tempore_fw-la determinaâ—…o_fw-la part_n convenienti_fw-la ordine_fw-la à _fw-la deo_fw-la sunt_fw-la dispositae_fw-la sicut_fw-la milites_fw-la in_o exercitis_fw-la tâ—…e_o sâ—…emeth_v here_o to_o be_v a_o 〈◊〉_d the_o part_n in_o this_o determinâ—…te_a time_n be_v so_o dispose_v of_o gâ—…_n soldier_n in_o a_o army_n we_o may_v then_o safe_o conclude_v 〈◊〉_d in_o this_o last_o vision_n daniel_n do_v go_v many_o 〈◊〉_d depth_n into_o the_o time_n and_o much_o deep_a than_o he_o do_v in_o the_o former_a vision_n and_o therefore_o we_o may_v necessary_o affirm_v that_o he_o do_v lead_v we_o far_o beyond_o the_o time_n of_o christ._n on_o the_o contrary_a if_o these_o time_n end_v with_o the_o persecutionâ—…_n under_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n for_o so_o mr_n broughton_n and_o other_o will_v have_v it_o how_o be_v the_o time_n long_o and_o how_o do_v the_o lord_n speak_v of_o such_o notable_a event_n that_o shall_v befall_v daâ—…iel's_n people_n in_o the_o last_o and_o utmost_a rearward_n of_o time_n the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o roman_n be_v 230_o year_n after_o the_o death_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o therefore_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o 70_o week_n if_o mr_n broughtons_n interpretation_n be_v good_a must_v go_v far_o than_o this_o last_o vision_n by_o such_o a_o proportion_n and_o number_n of_o year_n now_o who_o can_v possible_o believe_v this_o to_o be_v true_a that_o read_v the_o three_o last_o chapter_n of_o the_o prophecy_n must_v the_o whole_a narration_n of_o all_o the_o thing_n there_o declare_v end_n at_o antiochus_n his_o death_n now_o then_o to_o gather_v all_o into_o one_o sum_n we_o may_v safe_o collect_v that_o daniel_n in_o this_o vision_n do_v not_o only_o lead_v we_o to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o roman_n but_o he_o do_v speak_v also_o how_o long_o the_o jew_n shall_v remain_v under_o that_o fatal_a dispersion_n these_o thing_n our_o saviour_n the_o apostle_n st._n paul_n isaiah_n and_o daniel_n all_o of_o they_o do_v speak_v first_o of_o the_o scatter_n of_o the_o nation_n after_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o of_o the_o time_n of_o their_o dispersion_n till_o their_o call_v again_o if_o any_o shall_v then_o require_v i_o to_o make_v good_a the_o chronologie_n of_o 1290_o day_n and_o of_o 1335_o day_n i_o must_v confess_v that_o i_o be_o here_o at_o a_o loss_n and_o it_o may_v be_v that_o they_o who_o shall_v come_v in_o the_o rearward_n of_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o the_o army-like-ordered_n time_n shall_v see_v more_o then_o perhaps_o many_o shall_v run_v to_o and_o fro_o and_o knowledge_n shall_v be_v increase_v if_o i_o may_v to_o use_v the_o word_n of_o mr_n fox_n vent_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d my_o conjecture_n i_o shall_v be_v willing_a to_o proceed_v in_o this_o manner_n first_o to_o speak_v of_o the_o time_n in_o a_o latitude_n second_o to_o speak_v of_o it_o more_o particular_o if_o we_o speak_v of_o it_o in_o some_o latitude_n and_o begin_v the_o 1290_o day_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n this_o period_n of_o time_n will_v bring_v we_o precise_o to_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n 1359_o and_o here_o as_o alstedius_n well_o observe_v in_o his_o chronologie_n cap._n 6._o the_o saint_n do_v begin_v more_o vigorous_o to_o testify_v against_o the_o antichristian_a idolatry_n and_o in_o very_a deed_n if_o we_o diligent_o observe_v the_o time_n with_o some_o subtlety_n of_o consideration_n we_o shall_v find_v that_o from_o the_o take_n of_o constantinople_n and_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n in_o the_o east_n the_o language_n have_v be_v revive_v and_o the_o witness_n of_o truth_n have_v be_v more_o effectual_o raise_v up_o in_o the_o west_n and_o the_o light_n of_o the_o gospel_n do_v more_o and_o more_o increase_n and_o it_o be_v very_o probable_a that_o these_o thing_n will_v go_v on_o and_o never_o cease_v till_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v set_v up_o in_o its_o full_a glory_n and_o monarchical_a power_n over_o jew_n and_o gentile_n this_o i_o take_v to_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o prophecy_n in_o the_o general_a accommodation_n thereof_o but_o for_o the_o more_o distinct_a and_o particular_a application_n of_o the_o time_n this_o as_o i_o have_v say_v before_o i_o must_v leave_v to_o they_o that_o come_v after_o now_o let_v we_o proceed_v to_o the_o word_n of_o piscator_fw-la in_o his_o preface_n upon_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n piscator_fw-la the_o three_o kingdom_n be_v not_o here_o right_o extend_v to_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n the_o great_a so_o far_o at_o least_o as_o he_o be_v state_v the_o first_o king_n of_o that_o kingdom_n for_o though_o this_o be_v do_v chap._n 8._o vers_fw-la 21._o yet_o nevertheless_o that_o prophecy_n differ_v much_o from_o this_o for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_n figure_v by_o the_o he-goat_n be_v there_o express_o name_v and_o be_v divide_v into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n who_o be_v resemble_v by_o the_o notable_a horn_n which_o the_o he-goat_n have_v between_o his_o eye_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o successor_n so_o that_o this_o of_o alexander_n be_v clear_o to_o be_v distinguish_v as_o different_a from_o that_o of_o the_o successor_n for_o it_o be_v say_v when_o that_o horn_n be_v brâ—…ken_v four_o stand_v up_o for_o it_o or_o in_o the_o place_n of_o it_o and_o afterward_o those_o four_o be_v express_o call_v one_o kingdom_n vers_fw-la 23._o likewise_o it_o be_v speak_v concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v pluck_v up_o and_o that_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o other_o and_o not_o to_o his_o posterity_n dan._n 11._o 4._o answer_n i_o do_v not_o deny_v but_o in_o some_o sense_n the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n may_v be_v distinct_a from_o that_o of_o his_o successor_n but_o 〈◊〉_d whether_o in_o the_o present_a case_n it_o ouâ—…ht_v to_o be_v 〈◊〉_d distinguish_v the_o kingdom_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n be_v two_o distinct_a realm_n dan._n 8._o yet_o both_o these_o make_v but_o one_o silver-metal_n so_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n though_o they_o be_v distinguish_v yet_o in_o the_o notion_n relation_n and_o distribution_n of_o the_o kingdom_n in_o the_o image_n they_o make_v but_o one_o brass-metal_n or_o one_o empire_n type_v by_o the_o three_o beast_n with_o four_o head_n in_o this_o case_n every_o metal_n signify_v a_o distinct_a kingdom_n in_o the_o fullness_n thereof_o and_o therefore_o as_o the_o golden-head_n do_v signify_v the_o babylonian-kinâ—…dom_a and_o the_o silver-breast_n the_o mede-persian_a so_o the_o brazen-bel_o and_o thigh_n do_v signify_v the_o whole_a grecian_a empire_n and_o as_o in_o this_o acception_n the_o distinct_a kingdom_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n do_v not_o make_v two_o but_o one_o silver-metal_n so_o the_o distinct_a kingdom_n of_o alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n do_v not_o make_v divers_a but_o one_o three_o kingdom_n of_o brass_n but_o yet_o further_o if_o we_o shall_v ask_v how_o every_o metal-kingdom_n come_v to_o be_v divide_v it_o must_v be_v in_o relation_n as_o each_o people_n come_v to_o have_v the_o sovereign_a dominion_n over_o the_o earth_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v express_o say_v concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n that_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v leave_v to_o other_o people_n chap._n 2._o 44._o and_o in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o seven_o chapter_n v_o 27._o these_o word_n be_v recite_v the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a from_o whence_o we_o collect_v that_o the_o monarchy_n be_v to_o be_v distinguish_v as_o the_o dominion_n do_v devolve_v and_o descend_v from_o one_o people_n to_o another_o till_o at_o last_o it_o come_v to_o the_o turn_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a
the_o second_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n we_o gather_v these_o four_o observation_n first_o concern_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n it_o must_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n for_o though_o it_o be_v only_o say_v that_o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n speak_v indefinite_o shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v yet_o in_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o vision_n it_o be_v employ_v to_o be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o metal-kingdom_n for_o according_a to_o the_o order_n of_o the_o vision_n nabuchadnezzar_n first_o see_v the_o head_n of_o gold_n than_o the_o breast_n of_o silver_n the_o belly_n and_o thigh_n of_o brass_n the_o leg_n of_o iron_n the_o foot_n and_o toe_n part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n and_o then_o after_o some_o consideration_n he_o see_v a_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n that_o smite_v the_o image_n upon_o his_o foot_n therefore_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n when_o the_o image_n be_v in_o its_o last_o and_o low_a region_n at_o leastwise_o the_o eminent_a operation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v upon_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n second_o we_o be_v to_o observe_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v small_a in_o the_o beginning_n it_o be_v a_o little_a stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n for_o look_v what_o difference_n there_o be_v betwixt_o a_o little_a stone_n and_o a_o great_a mountain_n so_o the_o same_o difference_n be_v betwixt_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n when_o it_o begin_v and_o that_o kingdom_n when_o itself_o become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o earth_n calvin_n upon_o the_o place_n speak_v very_o well_o propheta_fw-la admonet_fw-la exordia_fw-la regni_fw-la christi_fw-la fore_fw-la contempta_fw-la the_o prophet_n do_v well_o admonish_v we_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o be_v weak_a and_o contemptible_a three_o we_o be_v to_o note_n also_o that_o the_o progress_n of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v from_o small_a beginning_n first_o it_o be_v a_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n and_o then_o by_o degree_n in_o time_n though_o the_o space_n of_o time_n be_v not_o express_v in_o the_o text_n it_o become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o earth_n four_o concern_v the_o mean_n of_o the_o increase_n how_o it_o come_v to_o that_o plenitude_n or_o fullness_n of_o power_n it_o smite_v upon_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n and_o so_o the_o iron_n the_o clay_n â—…he_v brass_n the_o silver_n the_o gold_n be_v break_v all_o together_o and_o the_o stone_n become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o earth_n vers_fw-la 34_o 35._o these_o be_v the_o four_o observation_n draw_v from_o the_o second_o chapter_n now_o let_v we_o apply_v ourselves_o to_o polanus_fw-la and_o other_o interpreter_n of_o that_o way_n and_o here_o we_o agree_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v in_o some_o sense_n begin_v at_o his_o incarnation_n and_o this_o be_v one_o chief_a argument_n to_o prove_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n because_o the_o lord_n christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n and_o his_o gospel_n be_v preach_v and_o many_o church_n be_v gather_v when_o the_o roman_n do_v bear_v rule_n but_o our_o question_n be_v whether_o do_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v as_o the_o five_o monarchy_n as_o a_o mountain_n that_o do_v fill_v the_o earth_n in_o this_o sense_n he_o can_v be_v say_v to_o begin_v in_o that_o fullness_n and_o amplitude_n of_o power_n at_o the_o incarnation_n for_o from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v small_a in_o the_o beginning_n second_o that_o it_o grow_v by_o degree_n three_o that_o the_o mean_n of_o the_o increase_n be_v by_o wear_v out_o the_o four_o kingdom_n the_o stone_n smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n and_o so_o become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o earth_n if_o we_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o event_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v when_o the_o roman_n do_v bear_v rule_n his_o kingdom_n be_v small_a in_o the_o beginning_n but_o by_o degree_n first_o by_o wear_v out_o rome_n imperial_a and_o after_o that_o by_o wear_v out_o rome_n papal_n this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v come_v to_o the_o fullness_n of_o all_o monarchical_a power_n over_o the_o whole_a earth_n now_o on_o the_o contrary_a let_v we_o suppose_v that_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n joint_o or_o the_o seleucidae_n alone_o do_v make_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n for_o so_o junius_n broughton_n piscator_fw-la polanus_fw-la hayne_n willet_n and_o other_o will_v have_v it_o upon_o their_o ground_n i_o demand_v first_o how_o do_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n if_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n do_v make_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n second_o see_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v begin_v as_o a_o little_a stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n how_o do_v they_o prove_v that_o this_o kingdom_n do_v come_v to_o that_o small_a beginning_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n three_o see_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v increase_v by_o decree_n in_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n how_o do_v it_o increase_v in_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n four_o see_v the_o mean_n of_o the_o increase_n be_v by_o the_o wear_n out_o of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n the_o stone_n smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o foot_n how_o do_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n wear_v out_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o lagidae_n be_v they_o not_o total_o destroy_v some_o year_n before_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh_n by_o the_o mean_n of_o the_o roman_n all_o these_o thing_n put_v together_o do_v weaken_v that_o principle_n of_o the_o dissolution_n of_o all_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n at_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh_n and_o that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v begin_v at_o the_o incarnation_n in_o the_o fullness_n of_o monarchical_a power_n now_o because_o mr_n hayne_n earth_n have_v labour_v very_o much_o in_o this_o point_n we_o will_v take_v his_o argument_n into_o consideration_n mr_n hayne_n when_o herod_n pilate_n and_o the_o jewish_a ruler_n rise_v up_o against_o jesus_n christ_n god_n set_v he_o to_o be_v his_o king_n on_o mount_n zion_n and_o give_v he_o so_o eminent_a a_o kingdom_n that_o to_o it_o all_o king_n judge_n and_o people_n must_v submit_v or_o else_o be_v crush_v with_o a_o iron-scepter_n but_o herod_n pilate_n and_o the_o ruler_n of_o the_o jew_n rise_v up_o against_o jesus_n christ_n 1500_o year_n ago_o and_o more_o therefore_o god_n set_v up_o christ_n his_o kiâ—…g_n on_o mount_n zion_n and_o give_v he_o a_o kingdom_n so_o eminent_a 1500_o year_n ago_o and_o more_o answer_n for_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n 1500_o year_n ago_o i_o yield_v that_o this_o be_v true_a according_a to_o the_o right_a meaning_n of_o the_o scripture_n but_o the_o great_a question_n be_v whether_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n when_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v become_v the_o monarchical_a people_n whether_o do_v that_o kingdom_n begin_v 1500_o year_n ago_o yea_o or_o no_o i_o do_v call_v that_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o speak_v clear_o in_o the_o point_n not_o when_o he_o have_v a_o power_n in_o himself_o great_a than_o any_o earthly_a dominion_n not_o when_o by_o the_o merit_n of_o his_o death_n and_o donation_n of_o his_o father_n he_o begin_v to_o have_v right_a to_o all_o earthly_a kingdom_n for_o this_o be_v give_v to_o he_o at_o his_o ascension_n but_o by_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n i_o understand_v when_o the_o lord_n christ_n after_o the_o several_a and_o respective_a time_n of_o the_o tyrannical_a kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n according_a to_o the_o free_a dispensation_n of_o his_o father_n do_v actual_o take_v into_o his_o possession_n the_o sovereignty_n over_o the_o earth_n and_o that_o his_o gospel_n come_v to_o be_v the_o regent_n law_n over_o the_o nation_n now_o this_o monarchical_a kingdom_n i_o deny_v that_o it_o begin_v 1500_o year_n ago_o it_o be_v not_o full_o begin_v as_o yet_o though_o we_o have_v some_o beginning_n thereof_o by_o the_o preach_a of_o the_o eternal_a gospel_n by_o luther_n and_o those_o that_o follow_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v to_o show_v that_o this_o kingdom_n must_v begin_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n of_o the_o late_a edition_n but_o to_o come_v to_o particular_n it_o be_v mention_v rev._n
19_o vers_fw-la 1_o 2_o 3_o 4_o 5._o that_o when_o the_o saint_n do_v sing_v their_o halelujah_o at_o the_o judgement_n upon_o the_o great_a whore_n than_o a_o voice_n be_v hear_v the_o lord_n god_n omnipotent_a reign_v vers_fw-la 6._o here_o i_o demand_v do_v not_o the_o lord_n god_n omnipotent_a reign_n before_o he_o do_v not_o reign_v before_o in_o the_o sense_n of_o that_o text_n for_o the_o great_a whoâ—…e_n have_v rule_v all_o the_o world_n and_o have_v corrupt_v the_o earth_n by_o her_o fornication_n all_o be_v under_o her_o power_n and_o she_o spill_v the_o blood_n of_o the_o martyr_n at_o her_o own_o pleasure_n but_o at_o her_o destruction_n the_o lord_n christ_n do_v begin_v to_o reign_v and_o that_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o marriage_n of_o the_o lamb_n of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o gospel-church_n when_o the_o lamb_n wife_n have_v make_v herself_o ready_a vers_n 7._o so_o it_o be_v say_v rev._n 11._o 15._o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o here_o i_o demand_v be_v not_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n before_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n before_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o great_a city_n before_o that_o time_n when_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n begin_v to_o be_v destroy_v i_o answer_v they_o be_v his_o kingdom_n jure_v by_o right_n they_o be_v his_o by_o virtue_n of_o purchase_n 1500_o year_n ago_o and_o more_o but_o he_o enter_v not_o into_o the_o actual_a possession_n till_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o tyrannical_a kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n he_o receive_v institution_n &_o jus_o ad_fw-la rem_fw-la above_o 1500_o year_n ago_o but_o he_o have_v not_o inâ—…uction_n &_o jus_o in_o re_fw-mi till_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o therefore_o these_o word_n be_v special_o and_o emphatical_o add_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d thou_o have_v take_v to_o thyself_o thy_o great_a power_n and_o haste_n reign_v in_o which_o word_n the_o holy_a spirit_n do_v insinuate_v that_o before_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n the_o lord_n christ_n by_o his_o own_o free_a and_o voluntary_a permission_n do_v suffer_v the_o beast_n and_o other_o monarchical_a state_n to_o encroach_v upon_o he_o and_o to_o detain_v his_o power_n for_o 1260_o year_n at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o time_n he_o do_v resume_v and_o take_v the_o power_n to_o himself_o alone_o this_o be_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o for_o the_o argument_n of_o mr_n hayne_n that_o christ_n be_v a_o establish_a king_n upon_o mount_n zion_n when_o herod_n and_o pontius_n pilate_n conspire_v against_o he_o i_o will_v further_o add_v that_o in_o those_o time_n when_o the_o beast_n rule_v over_o all_o and_o when_o all_o worship_v his_o image_n and_o receive_v his_o mark_n in_o those_o very_a time_n the_o lamb_n stand_v upon_o mount_n zion_n and_o with_o he_o 144000_o have_v their_o father_n name_v write_v in_o their_o forehead_n chap._n 14._o vers_fw-la 1._o now_o i_o believe_v none_o that_o understand_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n will_v affirm_v that_o christ_n be_v state_v in_o his_o monarchical_a kingdom_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n upon_o the_o earth_n to_o speak_v proper_o these_o be_v rather_o the_o time_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o of_o the_o exinanition_n and_o concealment_n of_o the_o glory_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n the_o king_n do_v agree_v to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n and_o must_v do_v so_o till_o the_o word_n of_o god_n be_v fulfil_v when_o this_o be_v do_v the_o beast_n shall_v be_v destroy_v his_o body_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o burn_a fire_n and_o then_o the_o lord_n christ_n shall_v begin_v to_o reign_v mr_n hayne_n it_o must_v be_v grant_v that_o christ_n kingdom_n when_o it_o be_v set_v up_o be_v more_o powerful_a than_o rome_n which_o to_o this_o day_n never_o can_v though_o assist_v by_o the_o gate_n of_o hell_n either_o by_o may_v or_o policy_n prevail_v against_o christ_n kingdom_n answer_n it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v in_o itself_o strong_a than_o any_o monarchical_a kingdom_n whatsoever_o but_o the_o great_a question_n be_v whether_o it_o be_v his_o mind_n at_o all_o time_n to_o eâ—…ert_v and_o put_v forth_o his_o power_n if_o this_o have_v be_v his_o mind_n why_o do_v he_o not_o dash_v in_o piece_n the_o babylonian_a the_o persian_a the_o grecian_a and_o the_o roman_a power_n as_o soon_o as_o they_o have_v any_o be_v why_o have_v they_o any_o liberty_n give_v they_o to_o afflict_v the_o saint_n in_o these_o variation_n and_o change_n of_o empire_n the_o lord_n christ_n will_v not_o put_v out_o his_o power_n till_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n upon_o the_o earth_n shall_v begin_v again_o we_o do_v not_o absolute_o and_o simple_o affirm_v that_o the_o lord_n christ_n do_v not_o exert_a and_o put_v out_o his_o power_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n for_o he_o arm_v his_o saint_n with_o faith_n and_o patience_n and_o make_v they_o able_a to_o suffer_v but_o this_o we_o affirm_v he_o do_v not_o put_v forth_o his_o power_n to_o the_o destruction_n of_o these_o kingdom_n in_o their_o tyranny_n and_o rage_n against_o the_o church_n when_o the_o babylonian_a stand_v in_o all_o greatness_n of_o power_n it_o can_v not_o overcome_v the_o spirit_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o three_o child_n and_o when_o the_o ten_o horn_n do_v agree_v together_o to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n the_o lamb_n do_v overcome_v they_o for_o he_o be_v lord_n of_o lord_n and_o king_n of_o king_n and_o they_o that_o be_v with_o he_o be_v call_v and_o choose_v and_o faithful_a chap._n 17._o vers_fw-la 14._o it_o be_v manifest_a then_o that_o the_o lord_n christ_n do_v put_v out_o his_o power_n to_o hold_v up_o the_o faith_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o to_o make_v they_o able_a to_o suffer_v but_o for_o the_o present_a he_o do_v not_o break_v those_o tyrannical_a empire_n in_o piece_n to_o make_v they_o submit_v to_o the_o law_n of_o the_o gospel_n he_o do_v not_o nor_o will_v not_o exert_v and_o send_v forth_o that_o part_n of_o power_n till_o the_o time_n and_o season_n do_v come_v when_o his_o monarchical_a kingdom_n shall_v begin_v the_o apostle_n say_v 1_o tim._n cap._n 6._o vers_fw-la 15._o in_o his_o time_n he_o will_v show_v who_o be_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o only_a potentate_n the_o king_n of_o king_n and_o the_o lord_n of_o lord_n he_o will_v set_v forth_o his_o monarchical_a sovereignty_n and_o potency_n but_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o his_o own_o time_n in_o that_o season_n which_o the_o father_n have_v appoint_v for_o his_o sovereignty_n and_o dominion_n now_o that_o time_n according_a to_o the_o scripture_n be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n and_o more_o particular_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n but_o let_v we_o proceed_v mr_n hayne_n christ_n in_o s._n john_n time_n be_v the_o prince_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n rev._n 1._o 5._o have_v all_o thing_n give_v he_o by_o his_o father_n luk._n 10._o 22._o all_o power_n in_o heaven_n and_o earth_n be_v give_v he_o before_o his_o ascension_n matth._n 28._o 18._o so_o that_o he_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o church_n his_o body_n and_o in_o place_n far_o above_o all_o principality_n and_o power_n and_o domination_n and_o every_o title_n and_o name_n that_o be_v name_v not_o in_o this_o world_n only_o but_o in_o the_o world_n to_o come_v eph._n 1._o 21_o 22._o therefore_o at_o christ_n be_v here_o on_o earth_n or_o near_o unto_o that_o time_n he_o have_v a_o absolute_a and_o boundless_a sovereignty_n far_o above_o all_o monarch_n that_o hereâ—…ofore_o live_v or_o shall_v ever_o live_v hereafter_o answer_n to_o this_o matter_n i_o have_v speak_v before_o scil_n that_o the_o kingdom_n give_v to_o the_o son_n at_o his_o ascension_n be_v far_o great_a than_o any_o earthly_a kingdom_n whatsoever_o but_o the_o question_n here_o be_v whether_o do_v he_o enter_v into_o the_o possession_n of_o that_o kingdom_n yea_o or_o no_o there_o be_v a_o power_n give_v to_o christ_n at_o his_o ascension_n by_o virtue_n of_o which_o he_o be_v able_a to_o destroy_v the_o beast_n the_o false_a prophet_n the_o dragon_n gog_n and_o magog_n death_n and_o hell_n and_o all_o other_o enemy_n yet_o we_o see_v that_o he_o do_v not_o nor_o will_v not_o execute_v and_o put_v forth_o his_o power_n in_o their_o destruction_n till_o the_o time_n appoint_v of_o the_o father_n till_o the_o saint_n have_v pass_v the_o time_n of_o their_o patience_n and_o suffering_n
this_o four_o monarchy_n be_v to_o be_v state_v according_a to_o church-relation_n second_o we_o will_v show_v out_o of_o the_o story_n in_o who_o time_n and_o by_o who_o mean_n the_o church_n come_v first_o under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n now_o that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o of_o daniel_n kingdom_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o that_o people_n may_v be_v prove_v by_o these_o argument_n argument_n i._n where_o the_o former_a three_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n do_v begin_v by_o the_o same_o analogy_n we_o be_v to_o proceed_v in_o state_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n but_o the_o former_a three_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n do_v begin_v each_o of_o they_o in_o their_o several_a time_n when_o the_o church_n and_o the_o confine_n adjoin_v come_v under_o their_o dominion_n therefore_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n begin_v when_o the_o church_n and_o the_o confine_n about_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o that_o people_n the_o major_n be_v clear_a for_o none_o will_v deny_v but_o that_o the_o roman_a do_v hold_v analogy_n with_o the_o three_o former_a empire_n in_o their_o beginning_n and_o for_o the_o minor_a we_o prove_v it_o by_o induction_n of_o singulars_n as_o for_o ensample_n example_n 1._o first_o in_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n the_o first_o of_o daniel_n four_o there_o be_v many_o potent_a king_n that_o do_v reign_v in_o that_o succession_n before_o the_o time_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n for_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v in_o the_o 144_o year_n of_o the_o aera_fw-la of_o nabonazzar_n now_o the_o several_a name_n of_o the_o king_n the_o time_n of_o their_o reign_n and_o the_o order_n of_o their_o succession_n be_v all_o set_v down_o in_o the_o famous_a canon_n of_o ptolemy_n as_o we_o shall_v show_v afterward_o but_o not_o to_o go_v far_o for_o a_o example_n there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o one_o merodach-baladan_a in_o the_o canon_n aforesaid_a call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o he_o send_v ambassador_n to_o hezekiah_n king_n of_o judah_n 2_o king_n 20._o 12._o there_o be_v then_o a_o succession_n of_o babylonian_a king_n before_o nabuchadnezzar_n you_o will_v say_v why_o be_v he_o then_o call_v the_o head_n of_o gold_n as_o much_o in_o sense_n as_o the_o first_o babylonian_n king_n i_o answer_v though_o he_o be_v not_o simple_o the_o first_o babylonian_n king_n other_o reign_v before_o he_o yet_o he_o be_v the_o first_o prince_n of_o the_o babylonian_n that_o bring_v the_o jewish_a church_n and_o the_o confine_n about_o that_o church_n within_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n example_n 2._o second_o that_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n whereof_o darius_n and_o cyrus_n be_v the_o founder_n if_o we_o go_v strict_o to_o work_v the_o foundation_n of_o these_o be_v lay_v before_o for_o it_o be_v manifest_o plain_a by_o the_o testimony_n of_o the_o greek_a historian_n and_o by_o the_o chronographical_a table_n now_o in_o the_o hand_n of_o all_o man_n that_o there_o be_v a_o potent_a race_n of_o the_o king_n of_o media_n down_o from_o arbaces_n the_o mede_n yet_o for_o all_o this_o darius_n and_o cyrus_n be_v the_o true_a founder_n of_o the_o mede-persian_a kingdom_n because_o they_o first_o bring_v the_o jewish_a church_n under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n and_o that_o which_o be_v very_o remarkable_a to_o our_o present_a purpose_n though_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n famous_o know_v among_o historian_n that_o cyrus_n begin_v to_o reign_v in_o the_o 55_o olympiad_n though_o he_o subdue_v many_o nation_n &_o propagate_v the_o persian_a empire_n very_o far_o yet_o the_o scripture_n take_v no_o notice_n of_o that_o beginning_n but_o then_o only_o when_o the_o church_n come_v within_o the_o limit_n of_o the_o persian_a dominion_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v well_o observe_v by_o piscator_fw-la in_o his_o scholia_fw-la upon_o ezra_n chap._n 1._o vers_fw-la 2._o that_o the_o edict_n come_v forth_o in_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia._n this_o say_v he_o be_v the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n in_o babylon_n example_n 3._o the_o three_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n be_v that_o of_o the_o grecian_n of_o which_o alexander_n become_v the_o head_n at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o darius_n the_o rough_a goat_n be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o monarchy_n of_o the_o grecian_n and_o the_o great_a horn_n to_o wit_n alexander_n be_v express_o call_v the_o first_o king_n dan._n 8._o 21._o now_o how_o can_v he_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o first_o king_n of_o the_o grecian_n see_v there_o be_v many_o mighty_a king_n before_o he_o in_o and_o over_o that_o nation_n to_o let_v pass_v all_o the_o other_o state_n of_o greece_n in_o macedonia_n itself_o philip_n the_o father_n of_o alexander_n be_v a_o potent_a prince_n but_o the_o answer_n be_v as_o before_z he_o be_v the_o first_o monarchical_a king_n that_o subdue_v the_o territory_n of_o the_o church_n there_o be_v never_o any_o grecian_a prince_n that_o extend_v the_o sovereign_a rule_n of_o that_o people_n so_o far_o eastward_o to_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o church_n as_o he_o and_o therefore_o he_o be_v express_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o first_o king_n of_o the_o grecian_n from_o all_o the_o foremention_v particular_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o former_a three_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n begin_v each_o of_o they_o in_o their_o several_a time_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o their_o respective_a dominion_n and_o so_o the_o assumption_n be_v prove_v if_o then_o we_o proceed_v in_o the_o same_o analogy_n we_o must_v necessary_o say_v that_o the_o roman_a begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n when_o the_o jewish_a church_n and_o the_o continent_n adjoin_v come_v first_o under_o the_o sovereign_a lordship_n and_o command_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n but_o yet_o for_o further_a confirmation_n of_o this_o truth_n we_o will_v produce_v some_o new_a argument_n to_o prove_v that_o the_o metal-kingdom_n be_v number_v in_o relation_n to_o the_o church_n first_o the_o revelation_n of_o these_o metal-kingdom_n be_v special_o for_o the_o saint_n and_o people_n of_o god_n for_o though_o one_o end_n be_v to_o discover_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n what_o succession_n of_o tyranny_n there_o shall_v be_v after_o he_o yet_o this_o be_v principal_o for_o the_o church_n sake_n and_o the_o church_n use_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v mention_v this_o secret_n be_v not_o reveal_v unto_o i_o for_o any_o wisdom_n that_o i_o have_v above_o all_o live_n but_o for_o their_o sake_n that_o shall_v make_v know_v the_o interpretation_n to_o the_o king_n vers_n 30._o therefore_o in_o the_o delineation_n of_o these_o tyrannical_a empire_n the_o lord_n do_v special_o intend_v to_o reveal_v to_o the_o church_n those_o change_n and_o vicissitude_n of_o time_n that_o she_o shall_v meet_v withal_o in_o relation_n to_o she_o then_o there_o be_v primary_o a_o discovery_n of_o these_o thing_n second_o these_o metal-kingdom_n be_v also_o discover_v to_o show_v in_o what_o region_n or_o part_n of_o time_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v begin_v all_o the_o scripture_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n point_v main_o to_o christ_n some_o point_n to_o his_o parentage_n other_o to_o the_o place_n of_o his_o birth_n other_o to_o the_o tribe_n that_o he_o shall_v come_v of_o so_o this_o in_o special_a point_v to_o that_o period_n of_o time_n when_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v begin_v these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v from_o whence_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o monarchy_n be_v reckon_v according_a to_o the_o alteration_n which_o shall_v be_v in_o and_o about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n for_o where_o shall_v christ_n be_v bear_v but_o in_o judea_n and_o hereupon_o he_o be_v call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o jew_n three_o if_o we_o go_v to_o that_o expression_n so_o often_o mention_v dan._n 11._o where_o the_o seleucian_n be_v call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n and_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o lagidae_n the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n here_o we_o must_v necessary_o affirm_v that_o these_o empire_n be_v say_v to_o be_v north_n and_o south_n in_o some_o special_a relation_n and_o the_o reason_n be_v clear_a because_o judea_n do_v lie_v in_o the_o midst_n betwixt_o they_o as_o a_o lamb_n betwixt_o two_o wolf_n have_v the_o seleucidae_n on_o the_o north_n and_o the_o lagidae_n on_o the_o south_n now_o that_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v herein_o principal_o respect_v the_o word_n of_o the_o angel_n be_v clear_a i_o be_o come_v to_o make_v thou_o understand_v what_o shall_v befall_v thy_o people_n in_o
the_o latter_a day_n dan._n 10._o 14._o from_o all_o which_o we_o gather_v that_o the_o monarchy_n be_v special_o number_v according_a to_o church-relation_n and_o therefore_o the_o roman_a begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n when_o the_o church_n come_v first_o under_o the_o obedience_n of_o that_o people_n let_v we_o now_o proceed_v to_o the_o second_o argument_n argument_n ii_o where_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n make_v a_o end_n there_o do_v the_o roman_a type_v by_o the_o iron-metal_n and_o the_o four_o beast_n begin_v but_o at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n in_o asia_n and_o at_o the_o conquest_n of_o judea_n the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n do_v make_v a_o end_n therefore_o at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n and_o at_o the_o conquest_n of_o judea_n the_o roman_a type_v by_o the_o iron-metal_n and_o the_o four_o beast_n begin_v the_o major_n be_v evident_a it_o be_v a_o rule_v case_n in_o the_o body_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n that_o where_o the_o former_a cease_v the_o latter_a do_v begin_v all_o the_o question_n be_v concern_v the_o assumption_n whether_o the_o grecian_a end_v as_o the_o three_o metal-kingdom_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n here_o i_o find_v that_o interpreter_n be_v great_o divide_v they_o agree_v in_o it_o that_o the_o grecian_a be_v the_o three_o kingdom_n but_o they_o be_v divide_v about_o the_o particular_a time_n when_o that_o empire_n end_v for_o all_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n come_v not_o under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n his_o successor_n in_o greece_n end_v when_o macedonia_n be_v make_v a_o roman_a province_n by_o aemilius_n the_o consul_n 166_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o our_o lord_n his_o successor_n the_o seleucidae_n in_o syria_n and_o judea_n end_v when_o all_o that_o tract_n of_o land_n be_v bring_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n by_o the_o mean_n of_o pompey_n the_o great_a &_o this_o be_v do_v about_o 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o our_o lord_n his_o successor_n the_o lagidae_n in_o egypt_n be_v make_v a_o roman_a province_n by_o augustus_n caesar_n &_o this_o be_v do_v 28_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n so_o then_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o all_o alexander_n successor_n fall_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o roman_n yet_o all_o fall_v not_o under_o the_o roman_a obedience_n at_o one_o time_n the_o great_a question_n be_v where_o we_o shall_v set_v the_o end_v of_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n as_o type_v by_o the_o three_o beast_n and_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o this_o i_o say_v must_v needs_o be_v at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n first_o in_o the_o original_a distribution_n of_o alexander_n kingdom_n judea_n be_v plead_v to_o belong_v to_o the_o seleucian_n polyb._n lib._n 5._o and_o therefore_o the_o seleucian_n be_v that_o successor_n to_o who_o the_o title_n of_o the_o monarchy_n do_v principal_o appertain_v i_o do_v not_o deny_v but_o the_o lagidae_n sometime_o make_v their_o incursion_n into_o judea_n as_o may_v be_v see_v dan._n 11._o but_o in_o the_o original_a constitution_n of_o the_o kingdom_n judea_n be_v allot_v to_o the_o seleucian_n and_o that_o which_o may_v strengthen_v our_o argument_n if_o you_o read_v josephus_n the_o book_n of_o the_o macchabee_n and_o suchlike_a story_n you_o shall_v find_v that_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n have_v be_v whole_o in_o a_o manner_n from_o those_o successor_n of_o alexander_n that_o be_v of_o the_o seleucian_n line_n and_o this_o to_o i_o be_v a_o great_a reason_n wherefore_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n be_v rather_o to_o end_v at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n second_o at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n at_o several_a time_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o seleucian_n be_v only_o at_o that_o time_n when_o judea_n jerusalem_n and_o all_o that_o continent_n of_o land_n fall_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n mr_n mede_n and_o some_o historian_n do_v look_v principal_o when_o greece_n the_o head-province_n be_v bring_v into_o subjection_n to_o the_o roman_n by_o aemilius_n the_o consul_n they_o look_v here_o more_o special_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o greek_a and_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n but_o at_o this_o very_a time_n judea_n be_v under_o the_o tyranny_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o the_o true_a grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n in_o great_a vigour_n and_o sulness_n of_o strength_n for_o though_o in_o those_o time_n greece_n their_o native_a country_n be_v take_v away_o from_o the_o grecian_n yet_o nevertheless_o that_o people_n have_v still_o the_o sovereign_a dominion_n in_o and_o about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n and_o this_o continue_a for_o the_o space_n of_o 106_o year_n till_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n the_o great_a then_o the_o selcucian_n kingdom_n and_o together_o with_o it_o all_o the_o land_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n fall_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o state_n of_o rome_n and_o that_o which_o may_v add_v to_o the_o force_n of_o this_o reason_n let_v we_o consider_v first_o the_o limit_n of_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n second_o the_o government_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v erect_v for_o the_o limit_n of_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o church_n for_o 2000_o year_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o charter_n to_o abraham_n unto_o thy_o seed_n have_v i_o give_v this_o land_n from_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n to_o the_o great_a river_n euphrates_n gen._n 15._o 18_o 19_o 20._o this_o be_v perform_v in_o the_o day_n of_o joshua_n who_o bring_v israel_n into_o the_o possession_n thereof_o second_o for_o the_o government_n here_o erect_v the_o scripture_n do_v take_v notice_n that_o these_o country_n be_v under_o the_o government_n of_o the_o judge_n and_o then_o after_o that_o under_o the_o king_n of_o the_o line_n of_o david_n to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o captivity_n and_o then_o it_o be_v reveal_v to_o nibuchadnâ—…zzar_n in_o the_o image_n of_o persecute_v empire_n what_o succession_n of_o tyranny_n shall_v be_v in_o and_o over_o those_o country_n for_o as_o sometime_o the_o king_n of_o the_o line_n of_o david_n do_v bear_v rule_n in_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n so_o they_o continue_v the_o government_n till_o the_o people_n of_o babel_n get_v the_o dominion_n so_o the_o people_n of_o babel_n carry_v on_o the_o time_n of_o the_o golden-metal_n till_o the_o people_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n do_v take_v the_o kingdom_n and_o after_o that_o the_o people_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n do_v continue_v the_o time_n of_o the_o silver-metal_n till_o they_o be_v subdue_v by_o the_o people_n of_o greece_n under_o the_o conduct_n of_o alexander_n the_o great_a and_o after_o the_o victory_n of_o alexander_n the_o people_n of_o greece_n go_v on_o with_o the_o sovereign_a dominion_n over_o all_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o church_n from_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n to_o the_o great_a river_n euphrates_n till_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n by_o pompey_n the_o great_a and_o then_o all_o that_o tract_n of_o land_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n so_o then_o we_o may_v conclude_v as_o the_o seleucian_n be_v the_o immediate_a successor_n of_o alexander_n in_o and_o over_o the_o continent_n of_o the_o church_n so_o where_o he_o end_v as_o the_o three_o metal-kingdom_n over_o the_o church_n there_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o object_n but_o some_o perhaps_o may_v reason_n that_o the_o lagidae_n the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n in_o egypt_n be_v not_o make_v subject_a to_o the_o roman_n till_o the_o time_n of_o augustus_n sol._n grant_v this_o to_o be_v true_a that_o augustus_n do_v extinguish_v the_o last_o successor_n yet_o the_o monarchy_n be_v take_v from_o the_o people_n of_o greece_n before_o when_o the_o roman_n come_v into_o asia_n and_o bring_v all_o those_o eastern_a country_n about_o judea_n within_o the_o compass_n of_o their_o great_a empire_n it_o be_v one_o thing_n for_o the_o people_n of_o greece_n to_o have_v a_o fragment_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n remain_v and_o another_o thing_n for_o that_o people_n to_o have_v the_o sovereign_a dominion_n over_o the_o continent_n of_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n and_o this_o they_o have_v till_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n by_o the_o roman_a state_n but_o helvicus_n in_o a_o little_a treatise_n entitle_v chronologia_fw-la universalis_fw-la do_v stiff_o argue_v the_o point_n that_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n do_v not_o end_v as_o long_o
story_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o particular_o the_o entrance_n of_o christ_n into_o his_o ministry_n he_o have_v these_o word_n in_o the_o fifteen_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o tiberius_n caesar_n pontius_n pilate_n be_v governor_n of_o judea_n and_o herod_n be_v tetrarch_n of_o galilee_n and_o his_o brother_n philip_n tetrarch_n of_o iturea_n and_o of_o the_o region_n of_o trachonitis_n and_o lysanias_n the_o tetrarch_n of_o abilene_n the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v to_o john_n the_o son_n of_o zacharias_n in_o the_o wilderness_n luk._n 3._o 1_o 2_o 3._o here_o i_o demand_v what_o have_v the_o evangelist_n to_o do_v with_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_n be_v a_o government_n so_o alien_a to_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o church_n i_o answer_v there_o be_v two_o reason_n wherefore_o he_o number_v the_o time_n according_a to_o the_o roman_a account_n the_o first_o be_v to_o show_v the_o truth_n of_o daniel_n prophecy_n in_o the_o image_n of_o persecute_v state_n for_o there_o it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v dan._n 2._o 44._o now_o the_o evangelist_n expound_v this_o to_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o that_o the_o roman_a in_o particular_a be_v the_o metal-kingdom_n in_o who_o time_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v begin_v and_o he_o do_v leave_v it_o upon_o record_n that_o the_o lord_n christ_n have_v a_o solemn_a inauguration_n into_o his_o office_n in_o that_o part_n of_o time_n when_o tiberius_n be_v emperor_n in_o the_o fifteen_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n when_o pontius_n pilate_n be_v governor_n of_o judea_n etc._n etc._n now_o if_o it_o be_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o evangelist_n to_o show_v that_o the_o lord_n do_v begin_v his_o office_n in_o preach_v the_o gospel_n when_o the_o roman_n do_v beaâ—…_n rule_n there_o must_v be_v a_o particular_a instant_n of_o time_n also_o when_o all_o in_o judea_n fall_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n and_o that_o in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o gospel_n must_v be_v the_o epocha_n or_o term_v of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n second_o the_o evangelist_n do_v so_o punctual_o number_v the_o time_n according_a to_o the_o roman_a government_n because_o than_o judea_n where_o the_o gospel_n begin_v to_o be_v preach_v be_v under_o the_o command_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n and_o the_o evangelist_n do_v no_o more_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n than_o what_o the_o prophet_n and_o ancient_a writer_n have_v do_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o old_a as_o for_o ensample_n those_o prophet_n that_o live_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n as_o isaiah_n jeremy_n hosea_n date_v their_o prophecy_n from_o the_o reign_n of_o those_o king_n and_o from_o that_o time_n that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o line_n of_o david_n be_v take_v away_o it_o be_v the_o use_n to_o reckon_v by_o the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o monarchical_a state_n so_o daniel_n and_o hezâ—…kiel_n who_o live_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n do_v reckon_v their_o vision_n by_o the_o time_n of_o the_o babylonian_a king_n and_o after_o they_o ezrah_n nehemiah_n haggie_a and_o zachary_n who_o live_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n date_v their_o time_n by_o the_o reign_v of_o the_o king_n of_o persia._n and_o as_o for_o those_o ecclesiastical_a writer_n that_o live_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n as_o the_o author_n of_o the_o book_n of_o the_o macchabee_n they_o account_v by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_n in_o like_a manner_n the_o evangelist_n live_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_n date_n the_o story_n of_o the_o gospel_n by_o the_o roman_a account_n in_o all_o which_o they_o do_v secret_o imply_v that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o it_o begin_v so_o to_o be_v when_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n become_v subject_a to_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n so_o long_a the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n be_v numerable_a by_o the_o roman_a account_n but_o let_v we_o add_v another_o testimony_n out_o of_o the_o same_o evangelist_n where_o he_o tell_v we_o chap._n 2._o vers_fw-la 2._o a_o decree_n go_v forth_o from_o caesar_n augustus_n that_o all_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v tax_v 〈◊〉_d this_o tax_n be_v first_o make_v when_o cyreneus_n be_v governor_n of_o syria_n now_o whereas_o he_o say_v that_o all_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v tax_v this_o be_v mean_v only_o of_o the_o world_n under_o the_o roman_a obedience_n and_o here_o we_o affirm_v when_o judea_n and_o the_o country_n near_o border_v become_v member_n of_o this_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o roman_a world_n then_o do_v the_o roman_a begin_v as_o the_o four_o of_o daniel_n kingdom_n the_o evangelist_n be_v to_o speak_v of_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o kinâ—…_n of_o the_o jew_n his_o special_a purpose_n be_v to_o show_v how_o that_o particular_a continent_n be_v under_o the_o sovereign_a power_n of_o augustus_n caesar_n at_o that_o time_n object_n 1._o but_o here_o it_o may_v be_v object_v how_o can_v augustus_n tax_v judea_n when_o it_o be_v under_o the_o power_n of_o herod_n the_o king_n sol._n this_o matter_n be_v solid_o dispute_v by_o the_o learned_a spanhemius_fw-la in_o his_o dubia_fw-la evangelica_n part_n 2._o dub_v 2._o pa._n 157._o the_o sum_n of_o that_o which_o he_o do_v deliver_v come_v to_o this_o issue_n though_o herod_n be_v king_n he_o have_v not_o jus_o summum_fw-la the_o supreme_a dominion_n he_o have_v only_o jus_o subalternum_fw-la a_o right_a and_o a_o power_n mere_o by_o the_o courtesy_n of_o augustus_n and_o therefore_o he_o cit_v a_o passage_n out_o of_o appianus_n that_o as_o darius_n be_v the_o king_n of_o pontus_n and_o polemon_n of_o cilicia_n so_o herod_n be_v king_n of_o the_o jew_n that_o be_v mere_o by_o favour_n and_o courtesy_n second_o he_o show_v that_o there_o be_v often_o appeal_v from_o herod_n to_o the_o roman_n and_o therefore_o he_o be_v compel_v to_o plenad_v for_o himself_o before_o antonius_n at_o laodicea_n and_o before_o augustus_n after_o the_o battle_n of_o actium_n at_o rhodes_n many_o more_o argument_n he_o bring_v to_o prove_v that_o his_o government_n be_v mere_o precatious_a and_o at_o the_o will_n of_o the_o roman_n now_o for_o that_o particular_a time_n when_o the_o roman_n begin_v to_o have_v the_o sovereignty_n over_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n this_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n the_o great_a these_o be_v the_o author_n own_o word_n pag._n 160_o at_o a_o sane_a erat_fw-la conditio_fw-la populi_fw-la judaici_n tempore_fw-la macchabaeorum_n cue_n indo_fw-la à _fw-la judâ_fw-la macchabaeo_n foedus_fw-la primò_fw-la cum_fw-la romanis_n initum_fw-la ubi_fw-la judaeâ—…_n vocantur_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d populi_fw-la romani_fw-la rescripto_fw-la scena_fw-la we_o ad_fw-la deâ—…ctrium_fw-la à _fw-la quo_fw-la premebantur_fw-la 1_o mac._n 8._o sed_fw-la quamâ—…rimum_fw-la à _fw-la pompeio_n magno_fw-la subacti_fw-la fuere_fw-la societatis_fw-la nomen_fw-la in_o servitutem_fw-la abâ—…r_fw-la &_o illi_fw-la aequè_fw-la ac_fw-la aliae_fw-la gentes_fw-la dâ—…victae_fw-la romanis_n vectigales_fw-la facti_fw-la eorum_fw-la imperio_fw-la accessêre_fw-la ab_fw-la eâ—…_n tempore_fw-la judaeorum_n gens_fw-la in_o clientelâ_fw-la romanorum_fw-la fuit_fw-la à _fw-la quâ—…bus_fw-la reges_fw-la pro_fw-la arbitrio_fw-la instituebantur_fw-la vel_fw-la destituebantur_fw-la &_o tale_n quidem_fw-la quibus_fw-la precarium_fw-la &_o limitatum_fw-la erat_fw-la imperium_fw-la à _fw-la nutu_fw-la eorum_fw-la suspensum_fw-la qui_fw-la romae_fw-la rerum_fw-la potâ—…ebantur_fw-la in_o these_o word_n of_o he_o he_o do_v plain_o distinguish_v what_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v before_o the_o conquest_n of_o judea_n by_o pompey_n and_o what_o they_o be_v after_o before_o the_o conquest_n they_o be_v friend_n ally_n and_o auxiliary_n and_o after_o that_o their_o society_n be_v turn_v into_o servitude_n and_o as_o other_o conquer_a nation_n so_o the_o jew_n be_v make_v tributary_n to_o the_o empire_n from_o that_o time_n the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v always_o under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n by_o who_o their_o king_n be_v either_o set_v up_o or_o pluck_v down_o at_o pleasure_n and_o for_o the_o manner_n of_o their_o rule_n it_o be_v mere_o limit_v hang_v upon_o the_o good_a will_n of_o they_o that_o have_v the_o supreme_a command_n at_o rome_n now_o if_o this_o be_v so_o i_o leave_v it_o to_o any_o man_n to_o judge_v when_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n according_a to_o these_o principle_n he_o must_v needs_o begin_v at_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n when_o the_o church_n be_v bring_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n object_n 2._o why_o be_v it_o say_v that_o the_o tax_n be_v when_o cyreneus_n be_v governor_n of_o syria_n and_o not_o rather_o
when_o herod_n be_v king_n of_o the_o jew_n sol._n the_o answer_n be_v clear_a that_o though_o herod_n be_v king_n of_o the_o jew_n yet_o cyreneus_n be_v the_o principal_a agent_n of_o the_o roman_n in_o the_o tax_n and_o judea_n be_v but_o a_o member_n annex_v to_o the_o province_n of_o syria_n maldonate_fw-it upon_o the_o place_n to_o my_o apprehension_n speak_v satisfactory_o for_o say_v he_o cyreneus_n be_v not_o the_o governor_n of_o judea_n but_o of_o syria_n but_o because_o judea_n do_v then_o belong_v to_o the_o province_n of_o syria_n as_o all_o author_n do_v deliver_v it_o be_v his_o office_n to_o tax_v not_o only_a syria_n but_o judea_n also_o and_o in_o very_a deed_n much_o be_v speak_v in_o the_o roman_a story_n that_o judea_n be_v a_o member_n annex_v and_o josâ—…phus_n call_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o apendix_n or_o the_o additament_n of_o syria_n if_o we_o go_v to_o the_o original_a we_o shall_v find_v in_o the_o story_n that_o when_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n be_v destroy_v syria_n and_o judea_n both_o together_o come_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n by_o the_o mean_n of_o pompeâ—…_n the_o great_a and_o here_o we_o set_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n but_o because_o spanhemius_fw-la do_v seem_v to_o go_v another_o way_n and_o do_v stand_v upon_o it_o that_o judea_n be_v not_o a_o member_n annex_v to_o syria_n till_o the_o time_n of_o archelaus_n when_o judea_n be_v make_v a_o province_n let_v he_o now_o give_v his_o answer_n why_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n be_v record_v by_o the_o evangelist_n to_o be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o ecumenical_a tax_n of_o the_o roman_a world_n his_o answer_n be_v this_o ut_fw-la non_fw-la tantum_fw-la res_fw-la tam_fw-la illustris_fw-la charactere_fw-la temporis_fw-la illustri_fw-la consignaretur_fw-la sed_fw-la &_o tali_fw-la qui_fw-la responderet_fw-la vaticiniis_fw-la propheticis_fw-la not_o only_o that_o so_o famous_a a_o matter_n shall_v be_v decipher_v by_o so_o famous_a a_o character_n of_o time_n but_o by_o such_o a_o famous_a character_n of_o time_n which_o shall_v answer_v the_o prediction_n of_o the_o prophet_n and_o then_o in_o particular_a he_o cit_v those_o word_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v chap._n 2._o vers_fw-la 44._o and_o then_o he_o conclude_v upon_o the_o premise_n in_o these_o word_n descriptio_fw-la enim_fw-la judaeorum_n sub_fw-la augusto_fw-la erat_fw-la publica_fw-la servitutis_fw-la professio_fw-la &_o tessera_fw-la obsequii_fw-la quod_fw-la debebatur_fw-la principi_fw-la extero_fw-la adeóque_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d advenisse_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d illud_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d quo_fw-la messiah_n nasci_fw-la debuit_fw-la &_o lapis_fw-la sine_fw-la manibus_fw-la è_fw-la monte_fw-fr excindi_fw-la the_o tax_n of_o the_o jew_n under_o augustus_n be_v a_o public_a profession_n of_o their_o servitude_n and_o a_o badge_n of_o that_o homage_n which_o be_v due_a to_o a_o foreign_a prince_n and_o therefore_o a_o clear_a demonâ—…ation_n that_o that_o fullness_n of_o time_n be_v come_v in_o which_o the_o messiah_n shall_v be_v bear_v and_o in_o which_o the_o stone_n shall_v be_v cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n without_o hand_n from_o these_o word_n of_o he_o we_o do_v conclude_v that_o in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o evangelist_n the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o and_o last_o metal-kingdom_n for_o when_o the_o lord_n christ_n be_v bear_v the_o jew_n do_v yield_v their_o homage_n and_o obedience_n to_o the_o roman_n as_o to_o those_o that_o be_v set_v over_o they_o but_o if_o we_o do_v inquire_v after_o the_o time_n when_o they_o come_v to_o be_v homager_n it_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n the_o great_a therefore_o in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o evangelist_n we_o must_v there_o set_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n argument_n v._n that_o which_o do_v necessary_o spring_v from_o theâ—…r_a principle_n who_o do_v most_o authentical_o expound_v the_o monarchy_n that_o be_v the_o true_a beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n but_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a at_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-state_n when_o the_o church_n come_v first_o within_o the_o verge_n of_o their_o dominion_n be_v such_o ergo._fw-la the_o major_n be_v plain_a for_o we_o can_v reject_v that_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n which_o do_v necessary_o spring_v from_o the_o principle_n of_o the_o most_o authentic_a expositor_n we_o do_v in_o substance_n take_v that_o for_o truth_n which_o be_v employ_v as_o that_o which_o be_v plain_o express_v but_o for_o the_o minor_a that_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-stare_a and_o that_o this_o do_v spring_n from_o the_o principle_n of_o the_o most_o authentic_a expositor_n this_o be_v prove_v by_o the_o enumeration_n of_o singulars_n first_o the_o most_o approve_a interpreter_n do_v hold_v that_o all_o the_o four_o tyrannical_a empire_n be_v compact_v into_o one_o image_n and_o though_o they_o differ_v in_o some_o particular_n yet_o they_o all_o agree_v in_o the_o greatness_n of_o dominion_n in_o this_o sense_n nothing_o do_v exclude_v the_o roman_a from_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_n second_o they_o agree_v that_o all_o these_o tyrannical_a empire_n compact_v into_o one_o image_n continue_v a_o succession_n of_o that_o lordship_n which_o the_o first_o scil_n the_o babylonian_a do_v take_v from_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n if_o this_o be_v so_o the_o roman_a must_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o of_o daniel_n kingdom_n at_o that_o time_n only_o when_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n come_v under_o their_o dominion_n for_o though_o the_o roman_n be_v a_o mighty_a state_n and_o have_v gain_v to_o themselves_o a_o great_a power_n in_o the_o west_n yet_o they_o be_v not_o the_o sucsessor_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n in_o that_o monarchy_n which_o he_o have_v begin_v till_o they_o have_v take_v in_o the_o eastern_a country_n and_o bring_v the_o jewish_a church_n within_o the_o power_n of_o their_o kingdom_n but_o when_o this_o matter_n be_v once_o effect_v then_o do_v the_o roman_a begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o this_o do_v necessary_o arise_v from_o the_o principle_n and_o foundation_n of_o such_o as_o have_v best_a expound_v the_o metal-kingdom_n object_n but_o some_o perhaps_o may_v allege_v you_o have_v former_o teach_v that_o the_o metal-kingdom_n do_v not_o only_o respect_v the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n but_o the_o people_n of_o the_o gentile_n also_o when_o the_o gentile_n come_v to_o be_v the_o church_n of_o christ._n sol._n this_o i_o confess_v to_o be_v a_o truth_n yet_o withal_o in_o the_o right_n state_v of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n we_o must_v have_v only_a respect_n to_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n for_o when_o all_o these_o kingdom_n begin_v and_o in_o particular_a the_o four_o and_o the_o last_o there_o be_v no_o other_o church_n in_o all_o the_o world_n but_o that_o of_o the_o jew_n only_o afterward_o by_o the_o preach_a of_o the_o apostle_n the_o church_n do_v great_o increase_v and_o the_o whole_a empire_n in_o its_o just_a latitude_n from_o east_n to_o west_n from_o north_n to_o south_n be_v the_o seat_n and_o the_o place_n of_o the_o church_n and_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v discover_v her_o state_n according_a to_o the_o change_n of_o time_n in_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o roman_n but_o yet_o however_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o forementioned_a interpreter_n will_v strong_o enforce_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a when_o judea_n come_v under_o the_o power_n of_o that_o people_n see_v there_o be_v no_o church_n in_o all_o the_o world_n but_o that_o of_o the_o jew_n only_o object_n but_o if_o it_o be_v further_o allege_v why_o do_v you_o call_v this_o a_o principle_n of_o the_o most_o approve_a interpreter_n see_v you_o yourself_o do_v not_o allow_v their_o exposition_n in_o some_o particular_n sol._n so_o far_o forth_o as_o the_o exposition_n be_v approve_v i_o do_v build_v upon_o it_o and_o it_o do_v strong_o enforce_v the_o conclusion_n and_o for_o the_o kind_n of_o interpreter_n i_o will_v show_v who_o be_v the_o most_o approve_a and_o why_o they_o be_v so_o call_v after_o such_o time_n as_o it_o please_v the_o lord_n to_o reveal_v to_o daniel_n the_o four_o age_n of_o the_o church_n under_o the_o type_n and_o similitude_n of_o four_o metal_n in_o the_o image_n this_o discovery_n have_v be_v various_o receive_v some_o only_a have_v a_o glare_a light_n of_o the_o truth_n have_v turn_v it_o into_o fable_n and_o it_o be_v very_o probable_a that_o ovid_n in_o his_o metamorphosis_n
with_o those_o who_o by_o occasion_n of_o their_o unbelief_n in_o christ_n god_n shall_v surrogate_v in_o their_o room_n be_v to_o remain_v under_o the_o bondage_n of_o the_o gentile_n and_o oppression_n of_o gentilism_n but_o these_o time_n once_o fulfil_v all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n shall_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ._n so_o far_o mr_n mede_n in_o who_o word_n i_o note_v these_o three_o point_n first_o that_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n be_v a_o prophetical_a chronologie_n of_o the_o time_n second_o that_o this_o prophetical_a chronologie_n begin_v at_o the_o captivity_n of_o babylon_n three_o that_o it_o end_v at_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n he_o number_v they_o in_o this_o manner_n first_o the_o babylonian_a second_o the_o mede-persian_a three_o the_o grecian_a four_o the_o roman_a and_o for_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a the_o point_n that_o we_o now_o be_v upon_o he_o have_v this_o observation_n in_o which_o quaternary_a of_o kingdom_n as_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o last_o of_o the_o four_o be_v the_o last_o kingdom_n so_o be_v the_o time_n thereof_o the_o last_o time_n we_o seek_v for_o during_o which_o time_n say_v daniel_n the_o god_n of_o heaven_n shall_v raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v etc._n etc._n in_o these_o word_n also_o we_o do_v agree_v with_o the_o forename_a author_n in_o two_o point_n first_o in_o the_o number_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n second_o in_o the_o date_n of_o the_o last_o time_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o this_o be_v that_o which_o we_o endeavour_v to_o prove_v that_o assoon_o as_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n that_o people_n become_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o here_o also_o we_o do_v set_v the_o beginning_n of_o those_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o latter_a time_n so_o much_o speak_v of_o if_o therefore_o we_o set_v ourselves_o in_o this_o beginning_n where_o in_o mr_n mede'_v own_o opinion_n the_o latter_a time_n do_v commence_v if_o we_o number_v 666_o year_n we_o shall_v come_v to_o that_o particular_a time_n when_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n begin_v to_o be_v set_v up_o and_o so_o every_o man_n may_v easy_o observe_v that_o we_o go_v in_o the_o true_a scripture-way_n of_o account_n but_o of_o this_o afterward_o now_o let_v we_o go_v on_o and_o consider_v wherein_o we_o do_v differ_v from_o mr_n mede_n about_o the_o true_a beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n for_o either_o say_v he_o we_o must_v set_v the_o beginning_n thereof_o when_o all_o greece_n come_v under_o the_o roman_a obedience_n after_o the_o conquest_n of_o perseus_n or_o else_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n must_v begin_v by_o degree_n in_o which_o opinion_n of_o his_o there_o be_v two_o error_n for_o that_o of_o the_o begin_n at_o perseus_n we_o have_v speak_v already_o and_o for_o the_o roman_a encroachment_n by_o degree_n let_v it_o be_v what_o it_o will_v be_v there_o must_v be_v a_o certain_a determinate_a time_n where_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n unless_o we_o will_v admit_v of_o a_o chasm_n or_o a_o vacuum_n in_o the_o prophetical_a chronologie_n and_o yet_o further_o upon_o mr_n mede'_v own_o ground_n we_o do_v desire_v to_o press_v this_o argument_n if_o the_o babylonian_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o first_o metal-kingdom_n when_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o babel_n then_o the_o roman_a will_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal_n kingdom_n when_o the_o same_o people_n of_o israel_n 〈◊〉_d under_o the_o 〈◊〉_d of_o rome_n but_o the_o former_a be_v true_a ergo_fw-la the_o latter_a the_o consequence_n be_v clear_a from_o analogy_n for_o the_o roman_a do_v but_o continue_v that_o dominion_n which_o the_o babylonian_a begin_v and_o for_o the_o minor_a our_o author_n say_v that_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n do_v begin_v from_o the_o captivity_n of_o israel_n when_o that_o people_n fall_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o babylonian_n i_o say_v also_o when_o the_o same_o people_n of_o israel_n come_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n there_o be_v the_o true_a determinate_a beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o this_o be_v prove_v by_o such_o principle_n as_o mr_n mede_n himself_o will_v allow_v object_n 2._o other_o do_v plead_v that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n when_o it_o begin_v to_o be_v the_o prevail_a dominion_n upon_o the_o earth_n but_o they_o be_v so_o some_o year_n before_o the_o jewish_a church_n come_v under_o their_o obedience_n sol._n it_o be_v true_a that_o all_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n be_v prevail_v when_o those_o time_n come_v that_o be_v appoint_v of_o god_n that_o they_o shall_v prevail_v for_o nabuchadnezzar_n the_o scripture_n speak_v very_o much_o how_o he_o carry_v all_o before_o he_o and_o for_o cyrus_n the_o founder_n of_o the_o persian_a kingdom_n thus_o say_v the_o lord_n to_o cyrus_n his_o anointed_n who_o right_a hand_n i_o have_v hold_v the_o right_a hand_n be_v the_o instrument_n of_o action_n and_o conqueror_n prevail_v by_o the_o lord_n be_v hold_v up_o their_o right_a hand_n i_o will_v loose_v the_o loin_n of_o king_n when_o the_o loin_n of_o king_n be_v loose_v wherein_o their_o strength_n lie_v he_o must_v needs_o prevail_v against_o they_o to_o open_v before_o he_o the_o two-leaved_a gate_n it_o be_v the_o power_n of_o god_n that_o do_v go_v before_o he_o and_o that_o be_v the_o petard_n to_o burst_v open_a the_o gate_n of_o his_o enemy_n isa._n 45._o v._n 1_o 2_o 3_o 4._o and_o for_o alexander_n the_o great_a the_o scripture_n say_v behold_v a_o he-goat_n come_v from_o the_o west_n on_o the_o face_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n and_o touch_v not_o the_o ground_n dan._n 8._o 5._o livy_n be_v of_o opinion_n that_o if_o alexander_n have_v turn_v his_o arm_n against_o the_o western_a people_n as_o he_o do_v against_o the_o eastern_a he_o will_v have_v fail_v of_o his_o conquest_n and_o caesar_n object_v to_o pompey_n that_o the_o war_n wage_v against_o the_o people_n of_o asia_n in_o respect_n of_o other_o be_v rather_o against_o woman_n than_o men._n but_o these_o be_v only_a observation_n of_o statesman_n and_o soldier_n that_o look_v upon_o second_o cause_n the_o scripture_n yield_v we_o the_o true_a reason_n wherefore_o alexander_n prevail_v against_o the_o asiatic_n &_o carry_v his_o victory_n so_o far_o eastward_o i_o see_v a_o he-goat_n come_v from_o the_o west_n to_o the_o east_n and_o touch_v not_o the_o ground_n this_o be_v the_o true_a cause_n of_o the_o greatness_n and_o celerity_n of_o the_o conquest_n of_o alexander_n he_o come_v upon_o the_o face_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n and_o touch_v not_o the_o ground_n it_o be_v not_o the_o situation_n of_o the_o people_n in_o the_o western_a hemisphere_n that_o make_v they_o prevail_v over_o the_o eastern_a but_o they_o only_o shall_v prevail_v who_o god_n will_v set_v up_o we_o may_v see_v on_o the_o contrary_a that_o great_a conqueror_n have_v come_v from_o east_n to_o west_n as_o well_o as_o they_o have_v pass_v from_o west_n to_o east_n this_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o victory_n of_o cyrus_n belisarius_n the_o saracen_n and_o now_o last_o of_o all_o the_o turk_n which_o have_v come_v from_o the_o east_n too_o too_o far_o but_o only_o that_o god_n will_v have_v it_o so_o into_o the_o roman_a territory_n now_o if_o you_o will_v know_v the_o true_a reason_n of_o the_o prevail_a of_o the_o latter_a their_o commission_n lie_v in_o these_o word_n loose_v the_o four_o angel_n that_o be_v bind_v in_o the_o great_a river_n euphrates_n and_o the_o four_o angel_n be_v loose_v which_o be_v prepare_v for_o a_o hour_n and_o a_o day_n and_o a_o month_n and_o a_o year_n for_o to_o slay_v the_o three_o part_n of_o man_n rev._n 9_o 14_o 15._o for_o the_o four_o angel_n the_o course_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o the_o best_a expositor_n do_v plain_o show_v that_o this_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o turkish_a nation_n which_o original_o be_v divide_v into_o four_o family_n and_o have_v power_n to_o come_v over_o the_o river_n euphrates_n into_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o western_a world_n and_o for_o that_o famous_a instance_n of_o xerxes_n that_o a_o few_o grecian_n in_o the_o west_n do_v defeat_v multitude_n of_o people_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o east_n the_o reason_n lie_v not_o in_o the_o situation_n of_o either_o people_n in_o respect_n of_o the_o hemisphere_n but_o in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o fight_v against_o the_o persian_a empire_n for_o from_o that_o time_n that_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n be_v hinder_v
come_v to_o pass_v in_o that_o year_n when_o cicero_n and_o antonius_n be_v consul_n at_o rome_n in_o the_o 179_o olympiad_n in_o the_o three_o month_n on_o a_o fastingday_n he_o say_v that_o pompey_n enter_v jerusalem_n with_o the_o roman_a legion_n antiq._n lib._n 12._o cap._n 8._o and_o for_o their_o subjection_n to_o the_o roman_n he_o add_v that_o syria_n and_o judea_n and_o all_o place_n from_o the_o border_n of_o egypt_n to_o euphrates_n be_v commit_v to_o the_o tuition_n of_o scaurus_n antiq._n lib._n 14._o cap._n 8._o &_o the_o bell._n jud._n lib._n 1._o cap._n 5._o and_o here_o i_o find_v that_o all_o historian_n and_o chronologer_n do_v agree_v in_o the_o aforementioned_a year_n now_o for_o the_o number_n of_o time_n that_o there_o be_v 666_o year_n from_o this_o begin_n to_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n this_o be_v clear_a also_o in_o all_o our_o ordinary_a book_n of_o chronology_n dr_n willet_n who_o do_v differ_v from_o our_o judgement_n about_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n he_o in_o his_o synops._n papism_n quaest._n de_fw-fr antichr_n part_n 2._o say_v that_o the_o sceptre_n be_v take_v from_o judah_n at_o that_o year_n when_o cicero_n be_v consul_n at_o rome_n which_o he_o affirm_v to_o be_v 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o 666_o before_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o in_o general_a he_o do_v approve_v the_o truth_n of_o our_o interpretation_n as_o bale_n the_o historian_n do_v before_o he_o and_o whereas_o it_o may_v be_v allege_v that_o calvisius_n the_o most_o accurate_a chronologer_n do_v number_n something_o more_o than_o 60_o year_n to_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o solve_v this_o difficulty_n let_v we_o say_v as_o he_o do_v that_o cicero_n and_o antonius_n do_v enter_v their_o office_n about_o the_o 20_o of_o october_n when_o all_o be_v full_a of_o trouble_n at_o rome_n and_o in_o the_o four_o of_o july_n follow_v which_o be_v the_o 17_o day_n of_o the_o month_n tamuz_fw-fr the_o roman_n enter_v jerusalem_n and_o pompey_n go_v into_o the_o temple_n to_o this_o if_o we_o add_v those_o act_n of_o he_o of_o break_v down_o the_o wall_n of_o jerusalem_n of_o make_v judea_n tributary_n to_o the_o roman_n and_o deliver_v all_o into_o the_o power_n of_o scaurus_n the_o quaestor_n till_o further_a order_n shall_v be_v take_v by_o the_o senate_n these_o thing_n must_v necessary_o be_v do_v in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o year_n when_o câ—…cero_n and_o antonius_n be_v consul_n or_o rather_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o next_o year_n which_o according_a to_o calvisius_n his_o account_n be_v the_o year_n of_o the_o world_n 3889._o to_o which_o if_o you_o add_v 666_o year_n the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n this_o will_v make_v the_o year_n of_o the_o world_n 4554._o and_o this_o will_v bring_v we_o to_o that_o fatal_a year_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n and_o so_o this_o present_a year_n will_v be_v from_o the_o creation_n of_o the_o world_n the_o 4555_o year_n from_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o 606_o year_n from_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n the_o 666_o year_n for_o the_o number_n of_o year_n there_o be_v yet_o one_o main_a objection_n some_o will_v have_v the_o period_n of_o time_n in_o daniel_n image_n to_o be_v a_o mere_a scholastical_a speculation_n sol._n we_o will_v go_v to_o the_o scripture_n and_o to_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n to_o decide_v the_o question_n for_o the_o scripture_n let_v we_o first_o consider_v the_o word_n of_o daniel_n thanksgiving_n upon_o the_o revelation_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n bless_a be_v the_o name_n of_o god_n for_o ever_o for_o wisdom_n and_o may_v be_v his_o he_o change_v the_o time_n and_o season_n he_o remove_v king_n and_o set_v up_o king_n dan._n 2._o 20_o 21._o the_o scope_n of_o the_o vision_n be_v concern_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o so_o many_o change_n of_o time_n answerable_a to_o those_o four_o mutation_n of_o empire_n but_o if_o we_o look_v more_o narrow_o to_o the_o text_n the_o word_n in_o the_o chaldee_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v time_n and_o revolution_n of_o time_n for_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v as_o much_o as_o tempus_fw-la statutum_fw-la &_o determinatum_fw-la a_o appoint_a and_o determinate_a time_n for_o the_o lord_n have_v show_v nebuchadnezzar_n dream_n to_o daniel_n and_o the_o substance_n of_o the_o dream_n that_o it_o concern_v a_o fourfold_a change_n of_o empire_n and_o a_o fourfold_a change_n of_o time_n upon_o the_o earth_n upon_o this_o reason_n the_o prophet_n break_v forth_o into_o the_o praise_n of_o the_o wisdom_n and_o the_o power_n of_o god_n in_o a_o suitable_a manner_n to_o the_o present_a occasion_n and_o in_o very_a deed_n if_o we_o look_v upon_o the_o translation_n of_o the_o empire_n from_o the_o babylonian_n to_o the_o persian_n from_o the_o persian_n to_o the_o grecian_n from_o the_o grecian_n to_o the_o roman_n here_o be_v a_o notable_a example_n of_o the_o wisdom_n and_o the_o power_n of_o god_n and_o that_o which_o be_v more_o considerable_a the_o lord_n speak_v of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o sovereign_a dominion_n of_o these_o people_n many_o year_n before_o they_o come_v to_o have_v the_o dominion_n upon_o the_o earth_n for_o this_o cause_n the_o prophet_n break_v forth_o into_o the_o praise_n of_o the_o wisdom_n of_o god_n in_o his_o dispose_n the_o change_n of_o time_n and_o the_o change_n of_o empire_n and_o for_o the_o communication_n of_o this_o deep_a secret_a to_o he_o and_o the_o other_o three_o child_n and_o by_o their_o mean_n to_o the_o information_n of_o the_o church_n and_o when_o all_o this_o be_v do_v shall_v we_o say_v that_o the_o four_o change_n of_o time_n in_o the_o image_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n be_v but_o a_o curious_a speculation_n further_o it_o be_v add_v vers_fw-la 44._o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o shall_v never_o be_v destroy_v this_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o time_n of_o one_o of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n the_o four_o period_n of_o time_n then_o be_v not_o a_o bare_a speculation_n but_o a_o plain_a scripture-truth_n for_o it_o be_v the_o plot_n of_o the_o spirit_n to_o show_v that_o down_o from_o nabuchadnezzar_n there_o shall_v be_v four_o change_n of_o empire_n and_o four_o notable_a revolution_n of_o time_n and_o when_o these_o change_n shall_v be_v in_o their_o course_n and_o succession_n than_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v begin_v now_o whereas_o bodin_n in_o his_o method_n of_o history_n chap._n 7._o take_v a_o great_a deal_n of_o pain_n in_o the_o confutation_n of_o this_o let_v we_o consider_v what_o he_o allege_v first_o there_o be_v many_o thing_n he_o confute_v which_o we_o do_v not_o allow_v for_o as_o we_o have_v former_o say_v the_o babylonian_a empire_n do_v not_o begin_v at_o ninus_n but_o at_o nabuchadnezzar_n second_o he_o take_v it_o as_o grant_v that_o only_o the_o amplitude_n of_o dominion_n make_v a_o monarchical_a kingdom_n and_o hereupon_o reason_n why_o shall_v not_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o parthian_n saracen_n turk_n tartar_n go_v under_o the_o account_n of_o monarchical_a kingdom_n here_o he_o be_v to_o consider_v that_o not_o only_o the_o greatness_n of_o dominion_n but_o the_o greatness_n of_o dominion_n over_o the_o church_n continent_n be_v necessary_a to_o the_o be_v of_o daniel_n metal-kingdom_n and_o therefore_o look_v what_o kingdom_n nabuchadnezzar_n do_v begin_v it_o do_v orderly_o descend_v to_o the_o persian_n grecian_n and_o roman_n and_o not_o to_o the_o parthian_n as_o experience_n show_v therefore_o a_o beast_n in_o daniel_n or_o the_o revelation_n do_v not_o signify_v a_o state_n or_o government_n in_o the_o general_n notion_n but_o a_o state_n or_o government_n that_o be_v idolatrous_a and_o do_v persecute_v the_o church_n neither_o do_v it_o signify_v a_o idolatrous_a government_n in_o the_o latitude_n but_o such_o a_o idolatrous_a government_n in_o and_o about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n if_o this_o distinction_n be_v well_o observe_v they_o that_o be_v enemy_n to_o magistracy_n will_v not_o have_v such_o harbour_n in_o the_o revelation_n as_o they_o think_v they_o have_v three_o he_o dispute_v against_o those_o who_o stand_v for_o a_o german-roman_a empire_n and_o with_o he_o we_o do_v agree_v that_o this_o be_v but_o a_o fable_n for_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o last_o edition_n be_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o
not_o to_o reveal_v this_o only_a to_o the_o jew_n but_o to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o gentile_n also_o this_o latter_a may_v be_v prove_v from_o the_o person_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n to_o who_o this_o secret_n be_v reveal_v for_o if_o it_o have_v only_o concern_v the_o national_a church_n of_o the_o jew_n that_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n will_v raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v why_o be_v this_o deliver_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n a_o heathen_a man_n and_o a_o enemy_n of_o the_o church_n when_o the_o lord_n do_v reveal_v to_o pharaoh_n the_o dream_n of_o the_o seven_o fat_a cow_n and_o after_o the_o dream_n of_o seven_o lean_a cow_n this_o be_v not_o only_o discover_v for_o the_o good_a of_o the_o church_n but_o for_o the_o preservation_n of_o mankind_n so_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o four_o great_a empire_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o empire_n these_o thing_n be_v not_o reveal_v only_o to_o nabuchadnezzar_n that_o the_o jew_n may_v understand_v the_o truth_n but_o that_o the_o whole_a habitable_a world_n under_o nebuchadnezzar_n dominion_n may_v take_v notice_n of_o that_o which_o god_n do_v intend_v to_o do_v second_o this_o appear_v by_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o revelation_n to_o nabuchadnezzar_n which_o be_v to_o this_o end_n that_o the_o whole_a world_n may_v observe_v it_o first_o if_o you_o consider_v the_o person_n nabuchadnezzar_n dream_v a_o dream_n second_o the_o way_n of_o god_n deal_n with_o he_o he_o forget_v the_o dream_n and_o therefore_o a_o great_a trouble_n fall_v upon_o his_o spirit_n three_o his_o call_n for_o the_o wiseman_n of_o babylon_n which_o city_n in_o these_o time_n be_v the_o eye_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o empire_n now_o it_o be_v not_o to_o be_v imagine_v but_o all_o that_o live_v within_o the_o verge_n of_o so_o large_a a_o dominion_n will_v be_v apt_a to_o hearken_v after_o such_o a_o thing_n special_o when_o they_o shall_v hear_v of_o the_o trouble_n of_o the_o king_n and_o of_o the_o edict_n to_o kill_v all_o the_o wiseman_n of_o babylon_n here_o be_v a_o matter_n set_v out_o in_o the_o view_n of_o all_o asia_n as_o it_o be_v to_o prove_v three_o particular_n first_o that_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n be_v the_o true_a god_n second_o that_o he_o will_v set_v up_o four_o great_a change_n of_o empire_n in_o the_o world_n three_o that_o in_o the_o last_o succession_n of_o empire_n he_o will_v set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v these_o thing_n be_v propound_v not_o only_o for_o the_o church_n but_o for_o the_o observation_n of_o the_o whole_a habitable_a earth_n under_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n that_o then_o be_v and_o for_o the_o age_n follow_v three_o if_o we_o look_v to_o the_o story_n of_o the_o evangelist_n we_o do_v read_v that_o the_o evangelist_n s_o matthew_n do_v tell_v we_o that_o when_o the_o lord_n christ_n be_v bear_v in_o bethleem_n in_o the_o day_n of_o herod_n the_o king_n wiseman_n come_v to_o jerusalem_n matth._n 2._o 1_o 2_o 3_o 4._o here_o interpreter_n upon_o the_o place_n do_v raise_v many_o question_n first_o who_o these_o wiseman_n be_v second_o why_o be_v it_o reveal_v to_o they_o by_o a_o star_n three_o why_o do_v the_o star_n guide_v they_o to_o jerusalem_n and_o then_o vanish_v out_o of_o 〈◊〉_d these_o question_n be_v propound_v by_o interpreter_n and_o they_o do_v give_v very_o learned_a and_o solid_a answer_n to_o they_o only_o there_o be_v a_o question_n to_o which_o i_o do_v not_o yet_o find_v a_o satisfactory_a answer_n and_o that_o be_v this_o why_o be_v this_o matter_n reveal_v to_o wiseman_n in_o the_o east_n rather_o than_o to_o any_o other_o nation_n profession_n or_o sect_n among_o the_o gentile_n spanhemius_fw-la do_v handle_v this_o point_n in_o his_o dubia_fw-la evangelica_n part_n 2._o dub_v 31._o pag._n 326._o and_o he_o do_v come_v to_o this_o issue_n in_o the_o close_a concludimus_fw-la itaque_fw-la causum_fw-la vocationis_fw-la magorum_n nequaquam_fw-la in_o illis_fw-la suisse_fw-la sed_fw-la in_o solâ_fw-la dei_fw-la vocantis_fw-la bonitate_fw-la &_o illos_fw-la ex_fw-la merâ_fw-la ejus_fw-la gratiâ_fw-la vocatos_fw-la sive_fw-la absolutè_fw-la eorum_fw-la vocatio_fw-la consideretur_fw-la sive_fw-la comparatè_fw-la quod_fw-la enim_fw-la &_o vocati_fw-la &_o vocati_fw-la prae_fw-la aliis_fw-la dei_fw-la miserentis_fw-la fuit_fw-la illorum_fw-la potius_fw-la quam_fw-la aliorum_fw-la et_fw-la haec_fw-la causa_fw-la causarum_fw-la est_fw-la &_o summa_fw-la ratio_fw-la pag._n 329._o here_o i_o do_v agree_v that_o the_o call_v of_o the_o wiseman_n do_v chief_o depend_v upon_o the_o grace_n and_o mercy_n of_o god_n this_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o cause_n and_o the_o chief_a reason_n why_o they_o be_v call_v and_o why_o they_o be_v call_v before_o any_o other_o but_o yet_o with_o submission_n to_o a_o better_a judgement_n i_o think_v there_o lie_v a_o plain_a reason_n in_o the_o scripture_n why_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v reveal_v to_o the_o wiseman_n of_o the_o east_n rather_o than_o to_o any_o other_o gentile_n for_o when_o the_o lord_n have_v a_o purpose_n to_o reveal_v four_o great_a change_n of_o time_n to_o the_o world_n and_o particular_o the_o time_n of_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o son_n he_o have_v appoint_v in_o his_o providence_n that_o the_o wiseman_n of_o babylon_n who_o profession_n it_o be_v to_o understand_v the_o change_n of_o time_n that_o they_o shall_v come_v to_o take_v notice_n of_o these_o thing_n but_o more_o special_o of_o the_o time_n when_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v be_v set_v up_o but_o because_o they_o can_v not_o know_v this_o by_o their_o own_o strength_n the_o lord_n do_v reveal_v it_o to_o they_o by_o the_o ministry_n of_o daniel_n that_o he_o will_v set_v up_o four_o kingdom_n over_o the_o earth_n whereof_o the_o babylonian_a in_o be_v be_v the_o first_o and_o then_o in_o the_o latter_a end_n he_o will_v set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v in_o a_o word_n this_o be_v the_o cause_n wherefore_o these_o change_n of_o time_n be_v reveal_v to_o the_o wiseman_n of_o the_o east_n because_o it_o do_v suit_n with_o their_o profession_n to_o take_v notice_n of_o such_o thing_n and_o the_o lord_n have_v once_o reveal_v in_o particular_a the_o time_n of_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o son_n to_o the_o wiseman_n of_o the_o east_n when_o the_o lord_n christ_n be_v bear_v at_o bethleem_n in_o judea_n in_o the_o day_n of_o herod_n the_o king_n he_o do_v call_v that_o sort_n of_o man_n in_o special_a to_o take_v notice_n of_o that_o which_o be_v foretell_v because_o these_o thing_n be_v reveal_v to_o they_o they_o be_v call_v in_o a_o special_a manner_n to_o take_v notice_n of_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o messiah_n and_o of_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o kingdom_n from_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v we_o may_v conclude_v that_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n do_v concern_v both_o jew_n and_o gentile_n therefore_o there_o be_v no_o necessity_n that_o brightman_n grasserus_n and_o other_o learned_a man_n shall_v take_v the_o little_a horn_n for_o mahomet_n because_o the_o country_n of_o judea_n be_v now_o under_o the_o turk_n many_o other_o argument_n may_v be_v bring_v to_o prove_v that_o neither_o mahomet_n nor_o the_o turk_n can_v possible_o be_v resemble_v by_o the_o type_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n and_o the_o whole_a collection_n of_o circumstance_n do_v altogether_o pitch_v upon_o the_o papacy_n which_o arise_v after_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o inferior_a kingdom_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n this_o be_v the_o true_a application_n of_o the_o time_n to_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o this_o be_v the_o natural_a sense_n of_o john_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v 666._o now_o for_o the_o truth_n of_o this_o interpretation_n we_o will_v prove_v it_o first_o from_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o text_n rev._n 13._o second_o from_o the_o drift_n of_o the_o spirit_n rev._n 17._o three_o from_o the_o whole_a harmony_n of_o the_o prophecy_n in_o the_o chief_a and_o remarkable_a circumstance_n last_o from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o apostle_n 2_o thess._n 2._o and_o of_o these_o in_o their_o order_n chap._n viii_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o interpretation_n be_v prove_v from_o the_o remarkable_a circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n itself_o revel_v 13._o 16_o 17_o 18._o there_o be_v many_o excellent_a and_o precious_a truth_n in_o the_o general_n which_o we_o can_v always_o avouch_v that_o the_o spirit_n
the_o spirit_n say_v to_o the_o church_n there_o be_v many_o excellent_a thing_n that_o he_o speak_v to_o the_o church_n in_o the_o way_n of_o reproof_n in_o the_o way_n of_o advice_n and_o in_o the_o way_n of_o comfort_n yet_o only_o he_o that_o have_v a_o ear_n to_o hear_v will_v understand_v the_o meaning_n of_o his_o word_n and_o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n when_o it_o be_v say_v here_o be_v wisdom_n let_v he_o that_o have_v understanding_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n this_o imply_v that_o this_o matter_n must_v be_v find_v out_o by_o some_o subtlety_n of_o observation_n the_o person_n that_o do_v inquire_v must_v be_v such_o a_o one_o as_o have_v wisdom_n second_o for_o the_o manner_n of_o discovery_n it_o must_v be_v by_o calculation_n of_o the_o number_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d let_v he_o count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v such_o a_o kind_n of_o number_v as_o be_v by_o counter_n or_o stone_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d lapillus_fw-la calculus_fw-la but_o in_o the_o ordinary_a and_o common_a use_n it_o do_v promiscuous_o note_v any_o kind_n of_o reckon_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v concern_v the_o man_n that_o go_v about_o to_o build_v a_o tower_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d he_o count_v or_o reckon_v the_o cost_n luke_n 14._o 28._o and_o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n there_o be_v a_o computation_n or_o way_n of_o account_n to_o find_v out_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o number_n but_o here_o be_v the_o difference_n betwixt_o interpreter_n some_o go_v to_o the_o extraction_n of_o the_o root_n some_o to_o the_o numeral_a letter_n of_o the_o name_n lateinos_n but_o of_o these_o we_o have_v speak_v in_o part_n already_o and_o we_o shall_v further_o show_v the_o vanity_n of_o this_o way_n in_o the_o process_n of_o the_o discourse_n we_o will_v therefore_o come_v positive_o and_o plain_o to_o set_v down_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n and_o we_o shall_v find_v that_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o familiar_a in_o the_o prediction_n of_o prophetical_a scripture_n then_o for_o the_o spirit_n to_o foretell_v remarkable_a occurrence_n by_o a_o definite_a number_n of_o year_n to_o every_o such_o occurrence_n of_o many_o example_n that_o may_v be_v give_v take_v these_o few_o when_o the_o lord_n will_v give_v noah_n warning_n concern_v the_o flood_n he_o tell_v he_o that_o such_o a_o number_n of_o year_n shall_v fulfil_v their_o course_n and_o then_o the_o flood_n shall_v come_v my_o spirit_n shall_v not_o always_o strâ—…ve_v with_o man_n yet_o his_o day_n shall_v be_v a_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o year_n gen._n 6._o 3._o so_o when_o he_o make_v a_o promise_n to_o abraham_n that_o he_o will_v give_v to_o his_o posterity_n the_o land_n of_o canaan_n for_o a_o inheritance_n he_o tell_v he_o that_o 400_o year_n shall_v run_v complete_a to_o the_o performance_n of_o the_o promise_n thy_o seed_n shall_v be_v a_o stranger_n in_o a_o land_n that_o be_v not_o they_o and_o shall_v serve_v they_o and_o they_o shall_v afflict_v they_o four_o hundred_o year_n and_o afterward_o they_o shall_v come_v out_o with_o great_a substance_n gen._n 15._o 13_o 14_o 15._o further_o when_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v carry_v captive_a into_o babylon_n in_o the_o time_n of_o jeâ—…kims_v captivity_n to_o these_o the_o prophet_n jeremy_n do_v send_v a_o consolatory_a letter_n in_o which_o he_o do_v declare_v two_o thing_n of_o eminent_a note_n their_o remarkable_a deliverance_n and_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n yet_o withal_o â—…e_n do_v declare_v that_o seventy_o year_n must_v first_o be_v fulfil_v and_o accomplish_v at_o babylon_n before_o their_o deliverance_n wiâ—…_n come_v and_o these_o nation_n shall_v serve_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n seventy_o year_n and_o when_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v then_o will_v i_o visit_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n jer._n 25._o ver_fw-la 11_o 12._o and_o again_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n after_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v at_o babylon_n i_o will_v visit_v you_o and_o perform_v my_o good_a word_n towards_o you_o in_o cause_v you_o to_o return_v unto_o this_o place_n jer._n 29._o 10_o 11._o last_o of_o all_o when_o daniel_n himself_o be_v mâ—…sing_v on_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o promise_n of_o god_n and_o give_v himself_o to_o understand_v the_o time_n and_o to_o pray_v in_o faith_n for_o the_o accomplishment_n of_o the_o promise_n he_o have_v a_o further_a discovery_n of_o the_o seventy_o week_n that_o shall_v lead_v he_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o messiah_n to_o his_o passion_n to_o the_o preach_v of_o the_o gospel_n among_o all_o nation_n and_o to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n now_o to_o the_o performance_n of_o these_o thing_n it_o be_v show_v to_o he_o that_o there_o must_v be_v seventy_o seven_n or_o seventy_o week_n of_o year_n or_o 490_o year_n in_o all_o to_o begin_v and_o commence_v from_o the_o build_n of_o the_o second_o temple_n which_o line_n of_o year_n if_o he_o follow_v it_o will_v bring_v he_o to_o that_o time_n when_o all_o these_o thing_n shall_v be_v fulfil_v by_o these_o example_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o it_o be_v a_o frequent_a thing_n in_o prophetical_a scripture_n to_o foretell_v future_a occurrence_n and_o to_o show_v the_o number_n of_o year_n that_o shall_v pass_v before_o the_o event_n if_o this_o be_v so_o we_o have_v a_o rational_a ground_n to_o build_v upon_o when_o we_o make_v 666_o the_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n but_o for_o the_o further_o clear_v of_o the_o truth_n that_o the_o study_n and_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o prophetical_a year_n be_v say_v to_o be_v wisdom_n we_o can_v make_v this_o appear_v by_o some_o special_a example_n out_o of_o scripture_n we_o read_v in_o the_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o son_n of_o ahashuerosh_n of_o the_o seed_n of_o the_o mede_n which_o be_v make_v king_n over_o the_o realm_n of_o the_o chaldaean_n in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n i_o daniel_n understand_v by_o book_n the_o number_n of_o the_o year_n whereof_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v to_o jeremiah_n the_o prophet_n that_o he_o will_v accomplish_v seventy_o year_n in_o the_o desolation_n of_o jerusalem_n dan._n 9_o 1_o 2_o 3._o concern_v darius_n the_o mede_n there_o be_v a_o great_a controversy_n among_o chronologer_n whether_o he_o come_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o chaldaean_n by_o conquest_n or_o by_o free_a election_n but_o let_v that_o point_n be_v what_o it_o will_v be_v all_o do_v agree_v in_o it_o that_o darius_n the_o mede_n reign_v immediate_o before_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a and_o it_o be_v as_o clear_v also_o by_o the_o story_n of_o the_o time_n that_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n be_v upon_o the_o very_a dawn_n of_o the_o church_n deliverance_n in_o this_o year_n than_o daniel_n give_v himself_o to_o study_v by_o book_n the_o number_n of_o year_n that_o the_o lord_n will_v accomplish_v in_o the_o church_n desolation_n in_o he_o then_o by_o the_o way_n let_v we_o note_v that_o they_o who_o have_v the_o great_a fullness_n of_o spirit_n be_v chief_o employ_v in_o the_o meditation_n of_o the_o scripture_n and_o they_o who_o be_v conversant_a in_o the_o prophetical_a scripture_n be_v many_o time_n help_v out_o in_o the_o knowledge_n of_o these_o thing_n by_o the_o sacred_a and_o the_o civil_a story_n but_o now_o let_v we_o take_v notice_n of_o the_o process_n and_o order_n of_o his_o meditation_n first_o he_o do_v lay_v it_o as_o a_o general_a ground_n that_o seventy_o year_n must_v be_v expire_v before_o deliverance_n will_v come_v but_o now_o say_v he_o the_o seventy_o year_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o jerusalem_n begin_v almost_o to_o be_v fulfil_v therefore_o in_o these_o time_n we_o be_v almost_o come_v to_o the_o promise_a deliverance_n and_o thereupon_o he_o do_v pray_v with_o great_a faith_n in_o the_o promise_v of_o god_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o chapter_n here_o now_o in_o this_o syllogism_n daniel_n do_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d by_o two_o know_a number_n he_o do_v find_v out_o a_o three_o unknown_a his_o major_a proposition_n be_v the_o prophecy_n of_o jeremy_n his_o assumption_n be_v his_o own_o experience_n and_o the_o chaldee_n register_n of_o the_o time_n and_o his_o conclusion_n be_v the_o approach_n of_o the_o delivery_n of_o the_o church_n and_o the_o whole_a operation_n in_o compute_v the_o time_n be_v by_o wisdom_n for_o these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n i_o daniel_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d understand_v by_o book_n piscator_fw-la
number_n of_o year_n this_o will_v agree_v with_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o in_o the_o know_a and_o most_o familiar_a use_n that_o be_v which_o teach_v we_o to_o number_v period_n cycle_n and_o great_a revolution_n of_o year_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o art_n of_o computation_n but_o if_o all_o this_o will_v not_o give_v satisfaction_n if_o any_o shall_v still_o say_v that_o this_o may_v be_v the_o sense_n yet_o it_o do_v not_o prove_v that_o it_o must_v be_v so_o for_o the_o further_a clear_v of_o the_o matter_n we_o will_v go_v to_o the_o three_o circumstance_n to_o the_o method_n or_o the_o rule_n which_o we_o must_v number_v by_o and_o here_o we_o shall_v find_v that_o we_o have_v not_o only_o typical_a proof_n but_o true_a apocalyptical_a and_o demonstrative_a ground_n to_o build_v upon_o if_o we_o compare_v the_o word_n of_o scripture_n with_o our_o own_o experience_n three_o the_o method_n by_o which_o we_o be_v to_o account_v be_v by_o the_o number_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n so_o then_o if_o we_o account_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n there_o will_v be_v a_o exact_a line_n of_o 666_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n and_o here_o the_o best_a expositor_n do_v set_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o this_o be_v the_o reason_n that_o 666_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o experience_n also_o show_v that_o the_o account_n be_v to_o be_v make_v by_o the_o period_n of_o time_n in_o daniel_n image_n and_o so_o we_o have_v not_o only_o probabiliâ—…y_v but_o also_o apodeictical_a proof_n for_o the_o exposition_n of_o the_o number_n but_o now_o to_o come_v to_o clear_v the_o point_n we_o will_v show_v the_o reason_n why_o the_o account_n by_o daniel_n method_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n and_o that_o this_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n first_o it_o may_v fit_o be_v call_v a_o number_n because_o as_o mr._n mede_n right_o say_v it_o be_v the_o sacred_a calendar_n or_o prophetical_a chronologie_n appoint_v by_o god_n himself_o to_o measure_v the_o time_n we_o may_v therefore_o fit_o call_v it_o a_o number_n or_o as_o they_o speak_v in_o the_o school_n numerus_fw-la numerans_fw-la because_o it_o comprehend_v the_o four_o period_n of_o time_n appoint_v by_o god_n himself_o to_o number_v the_o special_a occurrence_n of_o the_o church_n second_o in_o a_o more_o special_a sense_n it_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n because_o it_o please_v the_o holy_a ghost_n by_o the_o four_o region_n part_n and_o division_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n to_o number_v the_o four_o great_a empire_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o four_o notable_a and_o remarkable_a revolution_n of_o time_n the_o image_n in_o the_o part_n and_o in_o the_o division_n of_o it_o do_v not_o as_o interpreter_n well_o observe_v natural_o signify_v these_o thing_n but_o mere_o by_o positive_a and_o divine_a institution_n it_o please_v the_o lord_n by_o the_o four_o part_n of_o the_o humane_a image_n to_o decipher_v so_o many_o period_n of_o time_n and_o this_o be_v the_o true_a reason_n wherefore_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o figure_n call_v this_o form_n method_n and_o way_n of_o account_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n because_o it_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o humane_a image_n three_o this_o way_n of_o expression_n do_v agree_v with_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o other_o place_n as_o for_o example_n thou_o be_v this_o head_n of_o gold_n that_o be_v thou_o be_v signify_v by_o this_o head_n of_o gold_n the_o seven_o cow_n be_v seven_o year_n that_o be_v the_o seven_o cow_n do_v represent_v seven_o year_n and_o the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o mountain_n that_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n do_v type_n and_o set_v forth_o seven_o mountain_n and_o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n and_o that_o number_n be_v 666._o the_o plain_a meaning_n whereof_o be_v this_o that_o 666_o signify_v so_o many_o year_n specify_v and_o declare_v in_o the_o account_n of_o daniel_n image_n call_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man._n it_o be_v so_o style_v because_o the_o number_n be_v such_o in_o that_o calculation_n and_o it_o be_v so_o to_o be_v make_v out_o in_o that_o method_n and_o way_n of_o account_n four_o this_o method_n of_o account_n will_v agree_v with_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d here_o will_v be_v a_o excellent_a subject_n for_o a_o man_n that_o have_v dexterity_n in_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o time_n to_o employ_v the_o art_n and_o skill_n of_o a_o good_a accountant_a for_o to_o what_o end_n do_v the_o lord_n reveal_v this_o prophetical_a chronologie_n under_o the_o figure_n and_o similitude_n of_o the_o four_o region_n and_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n but_o that_o it_o may_v be_v a_o certain_a and_o a_o stand_a rule_n to_o all_o posterity_n to_o number_v those_o time_n and_o change_n of_o time_n that_o shall_v befall_v in_o and_o about_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o church_n five_o the_o number_n of_o time_n by_o the_o account_n of_o daniel_n image_n be_v the_o most_o fit_a to_o decipher_v the_o rise_n of_o a_o tyrannical_a state_n such_o as_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v whereof_o we_o speak_v now_o what_o be_v the_o image_n of_o daniel_n it_o be_v no_o other_o but_o a_o systeme_n or_o body_n of_o the_o four_o great_a persecute_v empire_n which_o shall_v rise_v up_o one_o after_o another_o in_o the_o same_o succession_n notable_o to_o afflict_v the_o church_n of_o god_n now_o fith_v the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v such_o a_o dominion_n or_o state_n that_o shall_v notable_o afflict_v the_o saint_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n where_o can_v it_o be_v more_o proper_o or_o fit_o place_v then_o in_o the_o image_n of_o tyrannical_a empire_n all_o these_o be_v of_o the_o same_o lineage_n and_o kindred_n and_o therefore_o see_v it_o be_v the_o plot_n of_o the_o spirit_n to_o delineate_v these_o four_o succession_n by_o so_o many_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n we_o may_v well_o conclude_v that_o this_o way_n of_o computation_n be_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n mean_v in_o the_o text_n see_v it_o do_v so_o notable_o agree_v with_o the_o event_n six_o the_o number_n of_o time_n by_o the_o account_n of_o daniel_n image_n in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n and_o in_o the_o time_n immediate_o follow_v be_v most_o apt_a to_o find_v out_o the_o event_n that_o shall_v befall_v the_o church_n for_o this_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o though_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n mark_v and_o image_n be_v not_o extant_a in_o the_o time_n of_o john_n yet_o the_o number_n by_o and_o through_o which_o these_o be_v to_o be_v compute_v must_v then_o be_v not_o only_o extant_a but_o it_o must_v be_v also_o of_o remarkable_a use_n as_o for_o example_n the_o antichristian_a church_n have_v no_o be_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n nor_o in_o the_o age_n immediate_o follow_v yet_o nevertheless_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v decipher_v the_o place_n of_o this_o church_n by_o such_o a_o character_n as_o be_v famous_o know_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o mountain_n where_o the_o woman_n sit_v now_o this_o do_v more_o proper_o appertain_v to_o those_o first_o time_n in_o which_o s._n john_n live_v that_o rome_n be_v seat_v upon_o seven_o mountain_n for_o the_o people_n then_o live_v though_o they_o shall_v never_o see_v the_o antichristian_a time_n yet_o john_n do_v foreshow_v the_o place_n where_o that_o church_n shall_v have_v she_o be_v in_o the_o time_n appoint_v and_o limit_v by_o the_o lord_n in_o like_a manner_n though_o the_o name_n image_n and_o mark_v of_o the_o name_n have_v none_o of_o they_o existence_n in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n yet_o the_o number_n by_o which_o all_o these_o must_v be_v account_v must_v needs_o then_o be_v in_o some_o tolerable_a use_n for_o how_o shall_v a_o man_n that_o have_v wisdom_n by_o the_o number_n find_v out_o the_o name_n if_o the_o number_n be_v no_o way_n discoverable_a in_o those_o time_n mr._n brightman_n upon_o the_o place_n do_v full_o agree_v with_o we_o his_o word_n be_v these_o though_o the_o mark_n and_o the_o name_n be_v not_o extant_a the_o beast_n be_v not_o as_o yet_o nevertheless_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n may_v be_v manifest_a to_o that_o age_n wherein_o john_n live_v and_o not_o only_o
question_n be_v to_o i_o how_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v be_v 666_o here_o i_o muse_v and_o often_o ponder_v in_o my_o mind_n what_o be_v the_o manner_n and_o use_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o scripture_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o riâ—…ng_n of_o government_n and_o their_o calculation_n by_o number_n to_o discover_v their_o beginning_n and_o here_o i_o find_v as_o i_o believe_v every_o man_n shall_v do_v the_o like_a who_o will_v give_v himself_o to_o observation_n that_o the_o prophetical_a scripture_n do_v very_o often_o reckon_v government_n either_o by_o the_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o time_n of_o their_o rise_n or_o by_o the_o number_n of_o year_n how_o long_o they_o shall_v continue_v now_o i_o be_v sure_a that_o 666_o can_v not_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n see_v in_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n it_o be_v large_o show_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v continue_v 1260_o prophetical_a day_n or_o year_n and_o that_o this_o time_n must_v commence_v from_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n or_o the_o ten_o king_n out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n therefore_o mr._n archer_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o personal_a reign_n be_v a_o very_a fabulous_a writer_n in_o this_o as_o in_o many_o other_o particular_n when_o he_o will_v needs_o have_v 666_o to_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n all_o the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n plain_o lay_v together_o do_v decipher_v this_o kingdom_n à _fw-la priori_fw-la and_o therefore_o the_o number_n must_v refer_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beginning_n or_o the_o stand_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o headship_n but_o then_o the_o great_a 〈◊〉_d be_v 〈◊〉_d what_o time_n i_o shall_v 〈◊〉_d to_o number_n in_o this_o caâ—…e_n i_o be_v help_v by_o the_o practice_n of_o chronologer_n for_o theâ—…_n when_o they_o have_v a_o prophetical_a number_n and_o do_v not_o know_v â—…rom_fw-mi what_o beginning_n to_o compute_v iâ—…_n aâ—…k_v how_o long_o it_o continue_v and_o where_o it_o make_v a_o eno_n and_o if_o they_o be_v certain_a of_o these_o two_o they_o will_v find_v out_o the_o three_o where_o it_o ought_v to_o begin_v it_o be_v a_o sure_a rule_n in_o this_o as_o in_o other_o kind_n of_o learning_n by_o two_o know_a thing_n you_o may_v come_v to_o discover_v a_o three_o unknown_a and_o sometime_o it_o so_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o some_o diligence_n must_v be_v use_v before_o we_o can_v come_v to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o two_o by_z and_o through_o which_o we_o may_v prove_v the_o three_o as_o for_o example_n we_o read_v that_o the_o prophet_n ezekiel_n be_v to_o lie_v upon_o his_o left_a side_n 390_o day_n which_o signify_v so_o many_o year_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o god_n in_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n again_o he_o be_v to_o turn_v and_o to_o lie_v upon_o his_o right_a side_n 40_o day_n which_o signify_v so_o many_o year_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o god_n in_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n ezek._n 4._o 4_o 5._o now_o for_o the_o application_n of_o the_o time_n the_o great_a queâ—…ion_n be_v where_o the_o 390_o year_n begin_v and_o where_o they_o make_v a_o end_n and_o how_o long_o they_o do_v continue_v for_o the_o continuation_n there_o be_v no_o doubt_n to_o be_v make_v and_o for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n this_o must_v be_v at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o chaldaean_n for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n though_o it_o be_v not_o set_v down_o in_o express_a term_n yet_o it_o may_v be_v collect_v from_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o text._n for_o five_o year_n before_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n ezekiel_n be_v to_o take_v a_o tile_n and_o portray_v upon_o it_o the_o city_n jerusalem_n and_o laâ—…_n sâ—…ge_v against_o it_o &_o build_v a_o fort_n against_o it_o so_o then_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o whole_a vision_n be_v to_o show_v that_o after_o the_o 390_o year_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o god_n be_v run_v out_o the_o time_n shall_v come_v that_o the_o chaldaean_n shall_v destroy_v both_o city_n and_o temple_n in_o this_o ezekiel_n be_v a_o sign_n to_o the_o home_n of_o israel_n to_o foretell_v the_o destruction_n of_o the_o city_n and_o temple_n five_o year_n before_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v ezek._n 1._o 2._o upon_o these_o ground_n chronologer_n do_v reason_n in_o this_o manner_n if_o the_o 390_o year_n do_v end_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o chaldaean_n they_o must_v necessary_o begin_v at_o the_o apostasy_n of_o jeroboam_fw-la for_o if_o you_o take_v the_o right_a vein_n of_o chronologie_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o king_n and_o number_v the_o time_n interchangeable_o as_o each_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o each_o king_n of_o israel_n begin_v to_o reign_v and_o to_o carry_v on_o the_o whole_a series_n and_o order_n of_o year_n you_o shall_v find_v by_o induction_n of_o singular_n that_o there_o will_v be_v a_o exact_a line_n of_o 390_o year_n from_o the_o defection_n of_o jeroboam_fw-la to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n aforesaid_a he_o that_o desire_v the_o particular_a account_n of_o the_o year_n and_o how_o it_o be_v exact_o compute_v let_v he_o go_v to_o the_o isagoge_n of_o calvisius_n and_o of_o the_o certainty_n of_o the_o account_n the_o chronologer_n thus_o speak_v hunc_fw-la igitur_fw-la numerum_fw-la annorum_fw-la 390_o ex_fw-la annotatione_n historiarum_fw-la huius_fw-la temporis_fw-la ab_fw-la initio_fw-la jeroboami_n usque_fw-la ad_fw-la excidium_fw-la hierosolymae_fw-la nos_fw-la colligemus_fw-la it_o a_o quidem_fw-la ne_fw-la conjecturas_fw-la nos_fw-la lectori_fw-la obâ—…rudamus_fw-la neque_fw-la etiam_fw-la sacrae_fw-la scripturae_fw-la vim_o faciamus_fw-la isag._n cap._n 40._o and_o in_o very_a deed_n his_o performance_n be_v answerable_a to_o the_o promise_n for_o he_o do_v exact_o prove_v by_o induction_n of_o singular_n and_o that_o from_o the_o word_n of_o scripture_n that_o there_o be_v 390_o year_n from_o the_o apostasy_n of_o jeroboam_fw-la to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n but_o now_o for_o the_o 40_o year_n of_o the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n this_o matter_n be_v somewhat_o more_o dark_a but_o yet_o nevertheless_o chronologer_n do_v reason_n in_o this_o wise_a if_o 40_o year_n be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o god_n in_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n and_o those_o year_n must_v run_v complete_a at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o chaldee_n then_o it_o will_v follow_v according_a to_o the_o scripture-chronologie_a and_o the_o series_n of_o the_o time_n that_o they_o must_v necessary_o commence_v from_o the_o 13_o year_n of_o josiah_n now_o if_o a_o question_n be_v make_v why_o these_o year_n shall_v begin_v from_o the_o 13_o of_o josiah_n who_o be_v a_o reformer_n of_o the_o church_n though_o he_o be_v these_o time_n be_v to_o begin_v there_o because_o the_o lord_n do_v then_o begin_v to_o strive_v with_o that_o people_n to_o bring_v they_o to_o repentance_n by_o the_o ministry_n of_o jeremy_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n from_o the_o thirteen_o year_n of_o josiah_n the_o son_n of_o ammon_n king_n of_o judah_n even_o unto_o this_o day_n that_o be_v the_o three_o and_o twenty_o year_n the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n have_v come_v unto_o i_o and_o i_o have_v speak_v unto_o you_o rise_v early_o and_o speak_v but_o you_o have_v not_o hearken_v and_o the_o lord_n have_v send_v unto_o you_o all_o his_o servant_n the_o prophet_n rise_v early_o and_o send_v they_o but_o you_o have_v not_o hearken_v nor_o incline_v your_o ear_n to_o hear_v jer._n 25._o 3_o 4._o from_o these_o word_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o 40_o year_n patience_n of_o god_n in_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n do_v begin_v from_o the_o ministry_n of_o jeremy_n and_o when_o these_o shall_v run_v complete_a than_o the_o prophet_n â—…zekiel_n do_v signify_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n from_o this_o and_o from_o some_o such_o like_a passage_n i_o be_v move_v to_o take_v the_o like_a course_n i_o argue_v in_o this_o manner_n if_o 666_o be_v such_o a_o number_n of_o year_n and_o if_o this_o period_n of_o time_n also_o must_v end_v at_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o universal_a headship_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n by_o necessary_a consequence_n i_o do_v conclude_v that_o this_o time_n must_v begin_v 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n consult_v with_o chronologer_n i_o find_v that_o this_o be_v much_o about_o that_o time_n when_o cicero_n and_o antonius_n be_v consul_n at_o rome_n but_o here_o to_o i_o be_v the_o great_a difficulty_n
why_o i_o shall_v begin_v the_o time_n from_o the_o consulship_n aforesaid_a there_o be_v neither_o ground_n in_o history_n nor_o chronologie_n for_o such_o a_o way_n of_o account_n and_o further_o to_o increase_v the_o difficulty_n in_o my_o first_o thought_n of_o the_o matter_n i_o be_v persuade_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v no_o other_o but_o a_o number_n common_o and_o frequent_o use_v among_o man_n beside_o the_o judgement_n of_o interpreter_n i_o do_v ground_n much_o upon_o that_o scripture_n where_o the_o angel_n measure_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n 144_o cubit_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d according_a to_o the_o measure_n of_o a_o man_n chap._n 21._o v._n 17._o here_o i_o think_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n in_o discrete_a quantity_n be_v the_o same_o with_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o quantity_n continue_v now_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o measure_n of_o a_o man_n be_v no_o other_o but_o that_o by_o and_o through_o which_o man_n do_v familiar_o number_v furlong_n withal_o i_o can_v not_o say_v this_o touch_v the_o consulship_n of_o cicero_n and_o antonius_n the_o usual_a computation_n of_o the_o time_n in_o that_o age_n be_v from_o the_o build_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o julius_n caesar_n from_o the_o spanish_a aera_fw-la from_o the_o battle_n of_o actium_n and_o not_o from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o two_o consul_n aforesaid_a with_o these_o difficulty_n i_o be_v entangle_v in_o my_o first_o thought_n upon_o this_o argument_n but_o there_o be_v one_o thing_n that_o chief_o keep_v i_o on_o in_o this_o way_n of_o account_n i_o find_v in_o our_o modern_a chronologer_n that_o the_o year_n in_o which_o cicero_n and_o antonius_n be_v consul_n the_o jewish_a church_n come_v first_o under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o state_n of_o rome_n for_o if_o you_o look_v before_o this_o time_n you_o shall_v find_v that_o the_o same_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n that_o be_v former_o under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o babel_n persia_n and_o greece_n in_o this_o year_n they_o come_v first_o of_o all_o under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n further_o if_o you_o look_v to_o the_o time_n follow_v you_o shall_v find_v everywhere_o that_o the_o church_n be_v under_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o roman_n the_o whole_a order_n of_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v concern_v the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a tyranny_n and_o of_o the_o sustering_n of_o the_o church_n under_o that_o people_n now_o if_o you_o ask_v at_o what_o instant_a of_o time_n the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o roman_a obedience_n it_o be_v in_o that_o year_n when_o antonius_n and_o cicero_n be_v consul_n or_o much_o thereabouts_o which_o way_n soever_o therefore_o you_o go_v the_o forementioned_a year_n must_v be_v famous_a for_o the_o account_n of_o the_o church_n here_o also_o upon_o further_a search_n i_o find_v that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n as_o i_o have_v former_o prove_v so_o far_o i_o proceed_v in_o the_o discovery_n only_o i_o can_v not_o solve_v the_o point_n how_o this_o can_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n that_o man_n do_v familiar_o count_v withal_o when_o i_o proceed_v this_o way_n i_o find_v that_o one_o thing_n will_v not_o hang_v with_o another_o therefore_o be_v cast_v upon_o a_o more_o deep_a consideration_n of_o the_o matter_n i_o do_v final_o pitch_v upon_o this_o sense_n the_o account_n of_o the_o time_n in_o daniel_n image_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n not_o because_o man_n do_v familiar_o use_v this_o way_n of_o calculation_n but_o because_o it_o please_v the_o lord_n to_o number_v the_o time_n of_o the_o church_n by_o so_o many_o region_n and_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n in_o the_o humane_a image_n and_o thus_o reader_n thou_o have_v a_o true_a narrative_n by_o what_o degree_n i_o come_v to_o rest_v in_o this_o interpretation_n and_o true_o when_o we_o look_v to_o the_o whole_a coherence_n of_o the_o text_n the_o very_a word_n will_v excellent_o agree_v with_o such_o a_o sense_n for_o when_o one_o that_o have_v wisdom_n be_v exhort_v to_o calculate_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n may_v be_v not_o be_v apt_a to_o say_v what_o rule_n must_v i_o observe_v in_o the_o calculation_n or_o who_o shall_v assure_v i_o whether_o 666_o be_v the_o number_n of_o time_n the_o number_n of_o place_n the_o number_n of_o degree_n the_o number_n of_o longitude_n or_o the_o number_n of_o latitude_n or_o what_o be_v it_o the_o number_n of_o but_o if_o you_o will_v say_v to_o he_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d it_o be_v the_o number_n of_o time_n in_o daniel_n humane_a image_n than_o you_o do_v â—…ive_v he_o a_o certain_a 〈◊〉_d and_o determinate_a rule_n to_o number_n by_o you_o show_v he_o where_o he_o must_v begin_v and_o where_o he_o must_v end_v and_o how_o all_o be_v lay_v together_o will_v discover_v the_o name_n or_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n on_o the_o contrary_a they_o who_o take_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o such_o a_o number_n as_o be_v ordinary_o and_o 〈◊〉_d use_v among_o man_n the_o word_n may_v seem_v to_o run_v fair_a in_o this_o sense_n and_o to_o go_v smooth_o with_o the_o context_n but_o yet_o nevertheless_o they_o who_o be_v of_o this_o judgement_n i_o do_v desire_n to_o propound_v these_o thing_n to_o their_o deliberate_a consideration_n first_o see_v the_o method_n of_o number_v use_v among_o man_n be_v infinite_a and_o uncertain_a let_v they_o positive_o and_o determinate_o show_v what_o that_o number_n be_v by_z and_o through_o which_o they_o will_v count_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o familiar_a way_n of_o number_v among_o man_n whether_o you_o respect_v the_o number_n of_o time_n the_o number_n of_o place_n or_o the_o number_n of_o person_n be_v infinite_a almost_o the_o number_n of_o time_n familiar_o use_v be_v very_o various_a if_o you_o look_v either_o to_o the_o ancient_a or_o the_o latter_a age_n of_o the_o church_n to_o the_o civil_a or_o ecclesiastical_a to_o the_o astronomical_a or_o the_o vulgar_a 〈◊〉_d if_o the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n be_v a_o number_n familiar_o use_v among_o man_n who_o shall_v assign_v limit_n or_o specify_v the_o particular_a way_n among_o so_o many_o several_a kind_n second_o now_o can_v it_o be_v imagine_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n shall_v deliver_v to_o the_o church_n a_o number_n which_o be_v the_o characteristical_a note_n of_o the_o name_n or_o sovereignty_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o never_o circumscribe_v or_o define_v what_o that_o number_n be_v but_o leave_v the_o matter_n at_o random_n i_o can_v find_v that_o he_o do_v so_o in_o any_o 〈◊〉_d of_o the_o old_a or_o new_a testament_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n how_o do_v he_o particularize_v and_o individuate_v the_o matter_n the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o mountain_n where_o the_o woman_n sit_v the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o many_o such_o like_a instance_n may_v be_v find_v three_o they_o who_o expound_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n for_o a_o number_n frequent_o use_v among_o man_n do_v not_o practice_v according_a to_o this_o rule_n for_o let_v they_o show_v how_o it_o be_v the_o familiar_a use_n of_o man_n to_o decipher_v the_o rise_n of_o state_n and_o government_n by_o the_o anagram_n and_o numeral_a letter_n of_o a_o grammatical_a name_n i_o think_v scarce_o a_o instance_n can_v be_v give_v for_o this_o in_o any_o solid_a and_o serious_a learning_n to_o which_o i_o think_v the_o holy_a spirit_n will_v rather_o refer_v we_o then_o to_o the_o dotage_n and_o trifle_n of_o the_o cabalist_n all_o these_o reason_n lay_v together_o do_v plain_o teach_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v not_o to_o be_v construe_v for_o a_o number_n familiar_o use_v among_o man_n but_o the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n and_o the_o event_n of_o thing_n do_v full_o pitch_v upon_o the_o number_n of_o time_n in_o daniel_n image_n and_o so_o there_o be_v a_o excellent_a coherence_n of_o one_o thing_n with_o another_o the_o vision_n and_o the_o story_n do_v full_o agree_v four_o concern_v the_o number_n itself_o it_o be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v 666._o the_o spanish_a bibles_n have_v it_o in_o word_n at_o lengâ—…h_n and_o not_o in_o figure_n for_o so_o the_o text_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d but_o the_o other_o greek_a copy_n only_o in_o figure_n though_o some_o interpreter_n as_o irenaeus_n paraeus_n dr._n mayer_n do_v put_v some_o distinction_n
thing_n be_v most_o necessary_a for_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o time_n and_o for_o the_o exposition_n of_o the_o prophecy_n but_o whereas_o mr._n potter_n do_v whole_o build_v upon_o the_o extraction_n of_o the_o square-root_n in_o a_o figurate_a number_n i_o can_v see_v how_o this_o do_v agree_v with_o the_o practice_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o other_o scripture_n i_o must_v needs_o confess_v that_o he_o speak_v very_o rational_o in_o these_o word_n as_o they_o follow_v i_o have_v say_v he_o but_o beat_v &_o make_v plain_a the_o same_o path_n which_o mr._n forbes_n and_o other_o commentator_n have_v tread_v out_o before_o but_o i_o be_o now_o come_v to_o the_o place_n where_o they_o either_o stand_v still_o or_o turn_v out_o of_o the_o way_n they_o say_v that_o the_o number_n 12_o be_v the_o square_a root_n of_o 144_o why_o then_o do_v they_o not_o proceed_v in_o the_o same_o method_n to_o find_v out_o the_o root_n of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n see_v they_o say_v it_o be_v oppose_v to_o the_o number_n 144_o these_o learned_a man_n can_v be_v suppose_v to_o be_v guilty_a of_o so_o much_o nescience_n as_o to_o be_v ignorant_a of_o the_o square-root_n of_o a_o number_n rather_o they_o think_v it_o unbeseeming_a the_o wisdom_n of_o god_n and_o the_o majesty_n of_o the_o scripture_n to_o wrap_v up_o such_o divine_a mystery_n in_o humane_a invention_n but_o be_v it_o what_o it_o will_v be_v it_o be_v the_o foundation_n of_o geometry_n and_o arithmetic_n it_o be_v that_o also_o in_o and_o through_o which_o many_o famous_a invention_n have_v be_v bring_v to_o light_n and_o the_o word_n themselves_o also_o do_v insinuate_v that_o the_o discovery_n be_v to_o be_v make_v by_o wisdom_n so_o far_o mr._n potter_n pag._n 47._o in_o this_o i_o do_v agree_v with_o he_o that_o it_o be_v the_o foundation_n of_o geometry_n and_o arithmetic_n in_o some_o good_a measure_n to_o extract_v the_o square-root_n of_o any_o figurate_a number_n yet_o for_o all_o that_o i_o can_v see_v when_o the_o spirit_n either_o in_o daniel_n or_o in_o the_o revelation_n do_v speak_v of_o tyrannical_a state_n or_o empire_n under_o divers_a emblem_n and_o figure_n that_o we_o shall_v discover_v and_o find_v out_o these_o government_n by_o calculate_v the_o square-root_n of_o any_o number_n but_o rather_o we_o shall_v go_v to_o the_o chronologie_n of_o the_o time_n and_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o in_o this_o sense_n we_o hold_v that_o humane_a learning_n be_v exceed_o necessary_a and_o for_o the_o invention_n of_o the_o square-root_n it_o be_v very_o necessary_a in_o its_o kind_n princ._n 15._o the_o number_n ought_v so_o in_o special_a to_o be_v expound_v that_o it_o may_v be_v in_o some_o sort_n discoverable_a to_o the_o people_n that_o live_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n and_o in_o the_o age_n immediate_o follow_v though_o they_o live_v before_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n therefore_o when_o it_o be_v say_v let_v he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n s._n john_n in_o these_o word_n speak_v to_o the_o people_n that_o live_v in_o his_o day_n and_o in_o the_o age_n immediate_o follow_v that_o by_o this_o they_o shall_v understand_v the_o sign_n of_o the_o come_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o he_o do_v yet_o further_o show_v in_o what_o revolution_n of_o time_n he_o shall_v appear_v there_o be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v fall_v one_o be_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o the_o beast_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n he_o be_v the_o eight_o in_o which_o word_n of_o he_o he_o do_v plain_o show_v that_o when_o seven_o form_n of_o government_n be_v fall_v in_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n than_o the_o beast_n shall_v begin_v as_o the_o eight_o potentate_n at_o the_o same_o time_n also_o he_o say_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v be_v divide_v into_o ten_o inferior_a kingdom_n that_o these_o have_v no_o be_v as_o yet_o but_o receive_v a_o kingdom_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n by_o the_o collation_n of_o both_o these_o scripture_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o number_n be_v discoverable_a in_o the_o time_n of_o john_n and_o not_o only_o to_o john_n by_o revelation_n but_o to_o other_o also_o that_o will_v employ_v themselves_o by_o search_n from_o hence_o then_o we_o may_v clear_o discern_v that_o they_o be_v in_o a_o error_n who_o will_v have_v the_o number_n 666_o to_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o yet_o make_v their_o account_n by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n so_o danaeus_n in_o his_o treatise_n de_fw-fr antichristo_fw-la the_o spirit_n of_o god_n in_o that_o place_n say_v he_o meddle_v not_o with_o arithmetical_a signification_n of_o letter_n but_o with_o the_o time_n and_o number_n of_o year_n wherein_o those_o thing_n shall_v be_v accomplish_v that_o be_v there_o speak_v of_o and_o for_o the_o particular_a time_n he_o refer_v we_o to_o the_o year_n 666_o pag._n 13_o 14._o alstedius_n say_v denotatur_fw-la tempus_fw-la quo_fw-la antichristus_fw-la inchoaturus_fw-la regnum_fw-la suum_fw-la scil_n anno_o 666_o quo_fw-la tempore_fw-la coepit_fw-la papa_n maxim_n dominari_fw-la theol._n polem_n part._n 4._o controu._n 5._o pag._n 388._o the_o like_a be_v say_v by_o eckard_n the_o lutheran_n and_o other_o though_o in_o this_o matter_n we_o do_v agree_v with_o the_o forename_a expositor_n that_o about_o the_o 666_o year_n from_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v set_v up_o though_o this_o be_v true_a in_o some_o latitude_n of_o speech_n yet_o it_o can_v be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text._n for_o what_o knowledge_n have_v the_o people_n that_o live_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n and_o in_o the_o age_n immediate_o follow_v of_o the_o account_n by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n why_o shall_v not_o the_o christian_n that_o live_v in_o spain_n find_v out_o the_o number_n by_o the_o spanish_a aera_fw-la the_o christian_n in_o aegyâ—…t_n and_o africa_n by_o the_o aera_fw-la of_o dioclesian_n and_o the_o christian_n under_o the_o emperor_n of_o constantinople_n by_o the_o indiction_n these_o and_o many_o other_o way_n of_o account_n be_v ancient_o use_v dyonisius_n the_o less_o about_o the_o year_n 532_o do_v begin_v to_o compute_v by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o that_o way_n of_o computation_n come_v not_o into_o vulgar_a use_n many_o year_n after_o it_o be_v therefore_o very_o strange_a that_o man_n shall_v number_v the_o time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n after_o the_o account_n by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o yet_o certain_a hundred_o year_n after_o the_o church_n shall_v be_v whole_o ignorant_a of_o that_o way_n of_o computation_n and_o thus_o lay_v all_o thing_n together_o we_o have_v prove_v by_o the_o concatenation_n and_o connexion_n of_o all_o particular_n that_o we_o be_v the_o true_a interpretation_n because_o it_o do_v agree_v with_o all_o the_o body_n of_o the_o circumstance_n fore-alledged_n and_o for_o other_o exposition_n we_o have_v show_v the_o reason_n why_o we_o can_v rest_v in_o they_o because_o in_o several_a principle_n more_o or_o less_o they_o do_v cross_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n now_o it_o remain_v that_o we_o compare_v the_o substance_n of_o our_o interpretation_n with_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o apostle_n s_o paul_n 2_o thess._n 2._o chap._n xi_o a_o brief_a description_n of_o the_o doctrine_n of_o s._n paul_n 2_o thess._n 2._o and_o how_o he_o do_v full_o agree_v with_o the_o present_a interpretation_n all_o interpreter_n and_o writer_n in_o a_o manner_n do_v agree_v in_o this_o that_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n and_o image_n speak_v of_o rev._n 13._o be_v all_o one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o substance_n with_o the_o description_n of_o the_o great_a antichrist_n in_o the_o thessalonian_n let_v we_o come_v to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text._n vers._n 1._o &_o 2._o now_o we_o beseech_v you_o brethren_n by_o the_o come_n of_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n and_o by_o our_o gather_v together_o to_o he_o that_o you_o be_v not_o soon_o shake_v in_o mind_n nor_o be_v trouble_v neither_o by_o spirit_n nor_o by_o word_n nor_o by_o letter_n as_o from_o we_o as_o though_o the_o day_n of_o christ_n be_v at_o hand_n in_o these_o word_n there_o be_v some_o darkness_n in_o our_o english_a translation_n for_o whereas_o the_o translation_n have_v it_o we_o beseech_v you_o brethren_n by_o the_o come_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o the_o cause_n of_o the_o come_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o apostle_n in_o the_o former_a epistle_n have_v speak_v of_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n to_o judgement_n of_o the_o resurrection_n from_o the_o
beast_n be_v no_o other_o but_o his_o universal_a power_n and_o headship_n over_o the_o church_n of_o god_n then_o i_o will_v leave_v any_o man_n to_o consider_v whether_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v not_o here_o speak_v by_o s._n paul_n in_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o thessalonian_n he_o as_o god_n sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n show_v himself_o that_o he_o be_v god_n and_o have_v not_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n for_o 1000_o year_n put_v himself_o in_o the_o place_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o head_n and_o lawgiver_n to_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n but_o the_o apostle_n go_v on_o vers._n 5._o remember_v you_o â—…ot_v when_o i_o be_v with_o you_o i_o tell_v you_o these_o thing_n we_o read_v in_o act_n 20._o when_o the_o 〈◊〉_d send_v to_o ephesus_n he_o call_v for_o the_o eâ—…ders_n of_o the_o church_n he_o tell_v they_o that_o grievous_a wolf_n shall_v come_v and_o that_o they_o shall_v not_o spare_v the_o stock_n the_o same_o thing_n in_o effect_n he_o speak_v among_o the_o thessalonian_n when_o he_o do_v foreshow_v the_o decay_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n and_o the_o revelation_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n now_o for_o the_o time_n of_o his_o come_n and_o the_o knowledge_n they_o have_v oâ—…_n that_o time_n he_o have_v these_o word_n vers._n 6._o and_o now_o you_o know_v what_o with_o holâ—…eth_v 〈◊〉_d he_o may_v be_v reveal_v in_o his_o time_n â—…y_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o thing_n that_o do_v withhold_v all_o interpreter_n for_o the_o most_o part_n 〈◊〉_d understand_v the_o great_a empire_n of_o the_o roman_n for_o as_o long_o as_o the_o mâ—…jesty_n of_o that_o empire_n do_v stand_v it_o will_v keep_v 〈◊〉_d the_o dominion_n of_o antichrist_n who_o shall_v ariâ—…e_v what_o knowledge_n the_o 〈◊〉_d thessalonian_n have_v of_o this_o be_v doubtful_a yet_o there_o iâ—…_n nothing_o more_o â—…ure_a then_o that_o the_o ancient_a writer_n 〈◊〉_d as_o live_v before_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n do_v believe_v that_o when_o this_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d come_v than_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n shall_v be_v reveal_v among_o many_o other_o when_o hierom_n hear_v of_o the_o take_n of_o rome_n by_o the_o râ—…me_n he_o do_v make_v application_n of_o this_o scripture_n that_o then_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n be_v at_o the_o door_n now_o whereas_o some_o interpreter_n think_v that_o we_o can_v show_v any_o precise_a time_n of_o the_o come_n of_o antichrist_n they_o divide_v themselves_o into_o sundry_a opinion_n and_o therefore_o some_o speak_v of_o his_o conception_n some_o of_o his_o birth_n some_o of_o his_o high_a advancement_n into_o the_o throne_n and_o some_o of_o the_o full_a perfection_n of_o his_o power_n other_o there_o be_v that_o take_v all_o these_o together_o and_o tell_v we_o that_o he_o be_v conceive_v in_o the_o primitive_a time_n bear_v about_o the_o time_n of_o constantane_n set_v up_o in_o the_o throne_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n and_o raise_v to_o the_o high_a pitch_n when_o he_o do_v assume_v the_o power_n of_o both_o sword_n but_o all_o these_o be_v but_o conceit_n of_o man_n own_o comment_n for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o revelation_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n must_v not_o be_v as_o every_o one_o will_v feign_v it_o at_o his_o own_o pleasure_n but_o as_o it_o be_v positive_o and_o plain_o set_v down_o in_o the_o word_n of_o truth_n now_o if_o we_o go_v to_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o context_n the_o great_a empire_n of_o the_o roman_a the_o impediment_n that_o hinder_v must_v be_v take_v away_o and_o then_o after_o that_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n must_v be_v reveal_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o his_o definite_a and_o determinate_a time_n there_o be_v then_o a_o precise_a definite_a and_o determinate_a time_n for_o the_o revelation_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o this_o must_v be_v after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o old_a empire_n nâ—…w_o according_a to_o these_o ground_n there_o can_v be_v no_o other_o time_n intend_v but_o when_o he_o be_v install_v ecumenical_a bishop_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n it_o be_v clear_a by_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n that_o the_o empire_n fall_v and_o the_o king_n arise_v in_o the_o five_o century_n and_o after_o that_o in_o the_o year_n 606_o from_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o in_o the_o year_n 666_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdome_n the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v declare_v universal_a head_n over_o all_o church_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n in_o this_o year_n he_o be_v reveal_v and_o declare_v to_o the_o world_n in_o such_o a_o manner_n as_o the_o apostle_n do_v describe_v he_o for_o in_o this_o year_n he_o do_v begin_v to_o sit_v in_o the_o church_n or_o in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n as_o in_o cathedrá_fw-fr as_o ecumenical_a and_o universal_a bishop_n and_o head_n of_o the_o church_n and_o so_o we_o have_v the_o particular_a time_n when_o antichrist_n be_v reveal_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o his_o definite_a time_n this_o we_o take_v to_o be_v the_o natural_a sense_n of_o the_o text_n for_o if_o these_o two_o thing_n be_v suppose_v first_o that_o the_o be_v of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n lie_v essential_o in_o his_o headship_n over_o the_o church_n and_o temple_n of_o god_n second_o that_o he_o do_v appear_v in_o his_o proper_a time_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o old_a empire_n what_o other_o thing_n can_v here_o be_v signify_v or_o decipher_v but_o that_o which_o we_o speak_v of_o to_o wit_n that_o the_o number_n 666_o in_o the_o revelation_n do_v point_n out_o the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o this_o spiritual_a monarchy_n for_o as_o we_o have_v former_o show_v the_o year_n 606_o according_a to_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o time_n in_o daniel_n be_v the_o number_n 666_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o thus_o we_o see_v how_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o apostle_n in_o this_o scripture_n do_v full_o answer_v our_o interpretation_n concern_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n now_o let_v we_o go_v to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o apostle_n as_o they_o follow_v vers._n 7_o 8._o for_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n do_v already_o work_v only_o he_o who_o now_o let_v will_v let_v till_o he_o be_v take_v out_o of_o the_o way_n and_o then_o shall_v that_o wicked_a one_o be_v reveal_v here_o interpreter_n do_v inquire_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n some_o do_v think_v that_o the_o apostle_n do_v refer_v to_o those_o heresy_n in_o the_o first_o time_n that_o be_v previous_a to_o the_o bring_n in_o of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n but_o how_o can_v those_o gross_a heresy_n be_v so_o call_v the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n do_v encroach_v upon_o the_o church_n and_o upon_o godly_a man_n under_o the_o appearance_n of_o the_o great_a holiness_n second_o suppose_v that_o in_o those_o first_o time_n there_o be_v some_o beginning_n of_o freewill_n justification_n by_o the_o merit_n of_o man_n yet_o these_o thing_n be_v not_o to_o our_o purpose_n for_o we_o be_v here_o special_o to_o look_v after_o such_o a_o work_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n as_o make_v way_n for_o the_o papacy_n or_o the_o papal_a government_n or_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o antichrist_n that_o he_o shall_v sit_v as_o lord_n or_o chief_a ruler_n in_o and_o over_o the_o church_n and_o temple_n of_o god_n the_o question_n be_v what_o previous_a work_n be_v there_o in_o the_o apostle_n day_n and_o so_o downward_o towards_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o universal_a headship_n for_o this_o be_v to_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n and_o this_o do_v answer_v the_o matter_n in_o hand_n let_v we_o therefore_o consult_v with_o other_o scripture_n s._n john_n say_v you_o have_v hear_v that_o antichrist_n shall_v come_v even_o so_o the_o spirit_n of_o antichrist_n be_v already_o in_o the_o world_n 1_o joh._n 4._o 3._o what_o do_v he_o mean_v by_o this_o that_o the_o spirit_n of_o antichrist_n be_v already_o in_o the_o world_n he_o do_v explain_v himself_o in_o his_o three_o epistle_n and_o the_o 9_o verse_n i_o will_v have_v write_v unto_o the_o church_n but_o diotrephes_n who_o love_v to_o have_v the_o pre-eminence_n suffer_v we_o not_o it_o appear_v from_o hence_o then_o that_o in_o those_o first_o time_n man_n do_v affect_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o primacy_n or_o headship_n in_o and_o over_o the_o church_n of_o god_n here_o then_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n do_v begin_v to_o work_v in_o those_o first_o time_n but_o lest_o any_o man_n may_v allege_v that_o these_o encroachment_n be_v too_o gross_a and_o that_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n must_v be_v carry_v on_o with_o great_a show_n
give_v they_o a_o mark_v as_o if_o the_o intent_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v by_o this_o that_o they_o shall_v give_v testimony_n that_o they_o be_v he_o they_o be_v also_o say_v to_o receive_v a_o mark_n chap._n 14._o to_o have_v the_o mark_v chap._n 16._o now_o than_o we_o be_v sure_a that_o to_o give_v receive_v or_o have_v the_o mark_v of_o the_o beast_n be_v no_o other_o but_o that_o act_n by_o which_o the_o conscience_n of_o man_n be_v oblige_v to_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o church_n when_o also_o they_o do_v prosess_v that_o by_o their_o sword_n wit_n good_n life_n and_o by_o all_o that_o they_o have_v they_o will_v maintain_v the_o decree_n and_o law_n make_v by_o that_o authority_n the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n be_v the_o public_a profession_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n in_o the_o view_n of_o man_n and_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o right-hand_a be_v the_o solemn_a resolution_n and_o obligation_n to_o defend_v and_o maintain_v the_o authority_n of_o the_o beast_n against_o all_o that_o do_v oppose_v it_o and_o true_o the_o event_n of_o thing_n do_v notable_o answer_v the_o prediction_n for_o we_o see_v by_o plain_a experience_n that_o the_o papist_n such_o be_v their_o zeal_n to_o the_o catholic_n cause_n do_v outstrip_v we_o by_o many_o degree_n the_o jesuiâ—…es_n be_v never_o idle_a they_o compass_v sea_n and_o land_n they_o â—…urn_v themselves_o into_o all_o form_n and_o be_v still_o animate_v of_o prince_n and_o people_n against_o the_o protestant_a cause_n yea_o they_o have_v so_o wrought_v that_o almost_o no_o man_n among_o they_o seem_v to_o spare_v either_o labour_n wealth_n counsel_n or_o life_n itself_o to_o uphold_v the_o name_n and_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n god_n grant_v that_o one_o day_n they_o do_v not_o rise_v up_o in_o judgement_n against_o we_o for_o we_o do_v not_o come_v near_o they_o in_o the_o least_o degree_n in_o promote_a the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n or_o in_o set_v up_o the_o gospel_n as_o the_o regent-law_n among_o the_o nation_n but_o the_o papist_n will_v not_o hear_v that_o they_o be_v enemy_n or_o that_o they_o go_v against_o the_o lord_n and_o his_o word_n they_o hold_v that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v the_o vicar_n of_o christ_n and_o that_o he_o have_v all_o his_o authority_n by_o delegation_n from_o he_o these_o be_v specious_a show_n but_o in_o deed_n and_o in_o truth_n they_o be_v real_a enemy_n against_o christ_n for_o the_o scripture_n and_o the_o word_n of_o the_o gospel_n they_o can_v do_v nothing_o but_o mere_o as_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n do_v give_v life_n vigour_n and_o authority_n to_o they_o and_o as_o they_o do_v interpret_v they_o which_o always_o they_o do_v to_o their_o own_o advantage_n there_o be_v no_o truth_n more_o clear_o deliver_v in_o scripture_n than_o the_o doctrine_n of_o justification_n by_o faith_n in_o christ_n and_o yet_o the_o pope_n say_v on_o the_o contrary_a that_o there_o be_v a_o purgatory_n after_o this_o life_n and_o that_o the_o soul_n there_o detain_v be_v free_v by_o mass_n indulgence_n pardon_n and_o such_o like_a mean_n god_n and_o his_o word_n say_v thou_o shall_v worship_v the_o lord_n thy_o god_n and_o he_o only_o shall_v thou_o serve_v the_o pope_n on_o the_o contrary_n say_v thou_o shall_v worship_v saint_n image_n cross_n relic_n and_o the_o like_a god_n and_o christ_n have_v command_v all_o man_n to_o search_v the_o scripture_n and_o to_o try_v the_o spirit_n of_o what_o nature_n they_o be_v now_o the_o pope_n on_o the_o contrary_n command_v that_o man_n shall_v forbear_v the_o do_n of_o this_o and_o that_o they_o shall_v depend_v upon_o he_o alone_o god_n and_o christ_n say_v marriage_n be_v honourable_a among_o all_o man_n and_o the_o bed_n undefiled_a the_o pope_n on_o the_o contrary_a forbid_v marriage_n to_o the_o ministry_n by_o these_o and_o sundry_a suchlike_a instance_n it_o be_v apparent_a that_o the_o name_n and_o sovereignty_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v every_o way_n contrary_a to_o the_o name_n and_o sovereignty_n of_o the_o lamb._n for_o what_o the_o lamb_n do_v command_v the_o beast_n do_v countermand_v for_o the_o most_o part_n from_o hence_o it_o be_v clear_a then_o say_v the_o papist_n what_o they_o will_v when_o they_o leave_v christ_n to_o follow_v the_o law_n of_o the_o pope_n in_o sense_n and_o substance_n they_o make_v he_o their_o christ_n their_o spiritual_a king_n head_n and_o governor_n and_o so_o in_o effect_n be_v no_o true_a christian_n now_o on_o the_o contrary_a see_v the_o lord_n christ_n be_v give_v as_o a_o leader_n and_o commander_n to_o his_o people_n they_o who_o refuse_v the_o law_n of_o the_o pope_n to_o yield_v subjection_n to_o christ_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o great_a persecution_n be_v every_o where_o mention_v in_o the_o revelation_n to_o have_v the_o name_n of_o the_o father_n write_v in_o their_o forehead_n chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 15._o to_o be_v the_o remnant_n of_o the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n that_o keep_v the_o commandment_n of_o god_n and_o have_v the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n christ_n chap._n 12._o ver_fw-la 17._o the_o papist_n then_o in_o receive_v the_o doctrine_n and_o decree_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n under_o that_o formality_n as_o they_o do_v believe_v he_o universal_a head_n of_o the_o church_n be_v positive_o direct_o and_o immediate_o antichristian_a this_o truth_n be_v lay_v down_o a_o stream_n of_o excellent_a uses_n do_v natural_o flow_v from_o it_o first_o we_o may_v here_o contemplate_v and_o behold_v the_o truth_n and_o infinite_a wisdom_n of_o god_n speak_v in_o the_o scripture_n it_o be_v now_o above_o 1500_o year_n since_o that_o john_n write_v the_o revelation_n in_o which_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n mark_v image_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n now_o if_o we_o go_v to_o experience_n what_o have_v all_o age_n for_o this_o thousand_o year_n last_o pass_v but_o verify_v and_o fulfil_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o he_o speak_v of_o long_o before_o he_o that_o shall_v diligent_o read_v the_o present_a treatise_n will_v find_v it_o to_o be_v true_a as_o we_o have_v say_v second_o here_o be_v matter_n for_o our_o prayer_n and_o tear_n yea_o for_o our_o bowel_n to_o yern_v over_o those_o great_a country_n kingdom_n and_o commonweal_n which_o do_v as_o yet_o own_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n they_o do_v continue_v in_o a_o great_a sin_n against_o the_o kingly_a office_n of_o christ_n their_o profession_n be_v no_o other_o but_o apostasy_n from_o the_o true_a head_n of_o the_o church_n and_o unless_o they_o repent_v they_o will_v one_o day_n feel_v the_o great_a plague_n contain_v in_o the_o word_n of_o the_o prophecy_n three_o here_o be_v cause_n for_o the_o protestant_a church_n to_o be_v thankful_a to_o the_o lord_n for_o do_v they_o right_o understand_v it_o he_o have_v deliver_v they_o from_o a_o bondage_n and_o slavery_n which_o far_o surpass_v the_o bondage_n of_o egypt_n or_o babylon_n for_o in_o the_o present_a case_n if_o man_n under_o this_o government_n refuse_v to_o worship_n the_o beast_n and_o to_o receive_v his_o mark_n the_o penalty_n be_v that_o they_o shall_v have_v no_o liberty_n to_o buy_v nor_o sell_v they_o shall_v be_v kill_v with_o the_o sword_n they_o shall_v have_v their_o blood_n spill_v they_o shall_v be_v subject_v to_o sundry_a kind_n of_o death_n on_o the_o contrary_a if_o they_o do_v worship_v the_o beast_n and_o receive_v his_o mark_n the_o lord_n christ_n do_v threaten_v on_o the_o other_o side_n that_o they_o shall_v be_v torment_v day_n and_o night_n and_o the_o smoke_n of_o their_o burn_a shall_v ascend_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o rev._n chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 7_o 8_o 9_o 10._o the_o day_n of_o the_o deliverance_n of_o the_o church_n from_o romish_a tyranny_n be_v a_o day_n of_o deliverance_n from_o a_o tyranny_n over_o their_o soul_n over_o their_o conscience_n over_o their_o body_n over_o their_o estate_n but_o all_o treatise_n be_v full_a of_o uses_n of_o this_o kind_n we_o will_v proceed_v â—…o_o that_o which_o be_v antichristian_a by_o analogy_n and_o reduction_n for_o this_o be_v more_o immediate_a to_o our_o purpose_n chap._n xiii_o concern_v that_o which_o be_v antichristian_a by_o analogy_n and_o 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o discourse_n we_o have_v show_v that_o the_o formality_n of_o antichristianism_n be_v in_o the_o headship_n of_o the_o beast_n by_o this_o standard_n of_o the_o market_n we_o may_v prove_v all_o other_o thing_n that_o do_v more_o remote_o symbolize_v and_o agree_v with_o the_o great_a antichrist_n first_o the_o power_n of_o the_o magistrate_n when_o it_o have_v no_o bound_n or_o limit_n but_o he_o do_v all_o by_o his_o will_n and_o prerogative_n in_o
in_o piece_n like_o a_o potter_n vessel_n the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n be_v chief_o concern_v the_o exorbitancy_n and_o exaltation_n of_o earthly_a power_n against_o christ._n and_o these_o we_o say_v do_v more_o near_o and_o immediate_o symbolize_v with_o the_o great_a antichrist_n second_o they_o come_v also_o in_o the_o near_a resemblance_n to_o antichrist_n and_o to_o that_o which_o be_v true_o antichristian_a who_o forsake_v the_o scripture_n to_o hang_v mere_o upon_o dream_n and_o revelation_n for_o as_o the_o true_a believer_n who_o take_v christ_n for_o the_o head_n of_o the_o church_n have_v the_o word_n of_o the_o gospel_n apply_v to_o their_o heart_n and_o seal_v to_o their_o conscience_n by_o the_o inward_a work_n of_o the_o spirit_n so_o on_o the_o contrary_a they_o who_o mis-believe_a and_o take_v antichrist_n for_o the_o head_n of_o the_o church_n have_v his_o superstition_n law_n and_o decree_n root_v and_o ground_v in_o they_o by_o vision_n dream_n and_o apocryphal_a revelation_n this_o be_v clear_a from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o scripture_n and_o here_o be_v the_o esâ—…igies_n and_o lively_a pourtraicture_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n but_o before_o i_o come_v to_o the_o point_n it_o be_v necessary_a that_o i_o shall_v premise_v one_o caution_n in_o the_o beginning_n and_o here_o let_v it_o be_v note_v that_o i_o do_v not_o speak_v of_o revelation_n absolute_o and_o in_o their_o full_a extent_n but_o of_o revelation_n restrictive_o and_o in_o a_o sense_n only_o if_o we_o take_v revelation_n in_o the_o first_o sense_n i_o do_v easy_o agree_v that_o not_o only_o in_o the_o first_o 2000_o year_n from_o adam_n to_o abraham_n but_o also_o in_o the_o last_o dispensation_n since_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n god_n have_v wonderful_o reveal_v himself_o to_o his_o people_n as_o it_o be_v clear_a by_o the_o scripture_n and_o by_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o in_o my_o own_o experience_n i_o can_v avouch_v it_o to_o be_v true_a as_o i_o have_v have_v occasion_n to_o converse_v in_o several_a place_n so_o i_o have_v meet_v with_o some_o good_a christianâ—…_n who_o it_o have_v please_v the_o lord_n to_o bring_v home_o by_o a_o admirable_a way_n of_o conversion_n and_o some_o select_a person_n also_o i_o know_v who_o it_o have_v please_v the_o lord_n to_o choose_v out_o for_o himself_o to_o bear_v witness_n to_o his_o truth_n both_o in_o dark_a and_o troublesome_a time_n i_o have_v find_v that_o they_o have_v speak_v great_a thing_n concern_v the_o last_o trouble_n and_o divers_a event_n thereof_o which_o experience_n have_v confirm_v to_o be_v true_a but_o concern_v this_o kind_n of_o people_n that_o a_o distinction_n may_v be_v make_v between_o true_a and_o apocryphal_a revelation_n i_o have_v ever_o note_v three_o thing_n in_o they_o first_o they_o have_v diligent_o wait_v upon_o the_o public_a ordinance_n of_o god_n and_o have_v break_v through_o all_o difficulty_n through_o persuasion_n of_o friend_n through_o opposition_n of_o enemy_n through_o threaten_n of_o tyrannical_a court_n that_o they_o may_v enjoy_v the_o mean_n of_o their_o salvation_n second_o i_o have_v observe_v that_o they_o have_v always_o adhere_v to_o the_o write_a word_n and_o have_v spend_v very_o much_o time_n in_o the_o meditation_n of_o the_o promise_n command_n and_o other_o passage_n desire_v nothing_o more_o in_o all_o the_o world_n then_o that_o they_o may_v know_v the_o mind_n of_o god_n that_o they_o may_v save_v their_o own_o &_o the_o soul_n of_o other_o people_n three_o i_o have_v observe_v this_o in_o they_o that_o though_o they_o have_v be_v under_o extraordinary_a teach_n yet_o they_o have_v have_v great_a darkness_n in_o which_o they_o have_v always_o beg_v of_o the_o lord_n that_o he_o will_v not_o leave_v they_o so_o and_o that_o he_o will_v carry_v they_o on_o further_a now_o in_o pray_v wait_a and_o use_v the_o mean_n they_o have_v first_o or_o last_o have_v assure_v help_n from_o the_o lord_n by_o the_o immediate_a supply_n of_o his_o spirit_n there_o be_v much_o speak_v by_o the_o schoolman_n concern_v the_o harmony_n betwixt_o the_o grace_n of_o god_n and_o endeavor_n of_o man_n suarez_n have_v his_o way_n alvarez_n bathe_v his_o penottus_n seem_v to_o draw_v a_o thread_n betwixt_o both_o and_o cajetan_n say_v in_o hoc_fw-la ego_fw-la non_fw-la possum_fw-la quietare_fw-la intellectum_fw-la meum_fw-la in_o this_o i_o can_v satisfy_v my_o understanding_n but_o for_o my_o part_n i_o never_o find_v better_a ground_n of_o resolution_n anywhere_o then_o from_o the_o experience_n of_o some_o christian_n who_o it_o have_v please_v the_o lord_n a_o long_a time_n to_o exercise_v in_o the_o school_n of_o temptation_n as_o they_o have_v have_v sundry_a change_n of_o trouble_n and_o fear_n so_o they_o have_v have_v interchangable_a supply_n of_o spirit_n and_o of_o auxiliary_a grace_n to_o direct_v help_v and_o comfort_v they_o in_o all_o their_o fear_n there_o have_v be_v a_o sweet_a parallel_n betwixt_o god_n grace_n and_o their_o endeavour_n as_o they_o do_v work_v under_o the_o grace_n and_o by_o the_o help_n of_o grace_n receive_v by_o their_o experience_n i_o do_v find_v that_o it_o be_v the_o manner_n of_o god_n in_o deal_v with_o a_o soul_n to_o break_v it_o all_o to_o piece_n and_o then_o whole_o to_o make_v it_o up_o by_o the_o continual_a help_n of_o his_o spirit_n now_o this_o do_v not_o any_o way_n drown_v the_o endeavour_n of_o man_n but_o do_v only_o put_v he_o upon_o the_o work_n of_o his_o salvation_n with_o fear_n and_o tremble_a and_o upon_o a_o humble_a dependence_n upon_o the_o lord_n for_o the_o supply_n of_o his_o grace_n this_o i_o have_v find_v from_o the_o experience_n of_o such_o as_o have_v live_v by_o faith_n in_o the_o promise_n and_o have_v pray_v much_o by_o faith_n in_o the_o promise_n with_o some_o of_o these_o the_o lord_n have_v deal_v by_o peculiar_a revelation_n but_o these_o be_v particular_a privilege_n which_o he_o do_v vouchsafe_v to_o certain_a person_n extraordinary_o who_o he_o do_v set_v apart_o for_o special_a service_n either_o to_o himself_o or_o to_o his_o church_n i_o do_v acknowledge_v that_o some_o believer_n in_o this_o last_o dispensation_n may_v be_v partaker_n of_o such_o extraordinary_a work_n of_o the_o spirit_n therefore_o i_o will_v not_o absolute_o and_o peremptory_o conclude_v against_o all_o dream_n vision_n and_o revelation_n in_o these_o last_o time_n and_o i_o think_v it_o very_o expedient_a that_o man_n shall_v be_v moderate_a in_o their_o censure_n but_o yet_o for_o the_o ordinary_a course_n of_o vision_n and_o revelation_n which_o man_n do_v make_v boast_n of_o in_o these_o day_n it_o be_v very_o much_o to_o be_v suspect_v that_o they_o do_v proceed_v from_o no_o good_a spirit_n especial_o when_o they_o be_v carry_v so_o high_a as_o to_o live_v above_o ordinance_n and_o to_o slight_v the_o scripture_n which_o god_n have_v appoint_v as_o the_o way_n and_o mean_n to_o salvation_n nay_o when_o they_o shall_v go_v further_o and_o maintain_v thing_n apparent_o contrary_a to_o scripture_n and_o the_o analogy_n of_o faith_n and_o rest_v whole_o upon_o the_o proof_n of_o extraordinary_a revelation_n there_o be_v great_a cause_n why_o we_o shall_v have_v this_o way_n in_o deep_a suspicion_n that_o the_o power_n and_o work_n of_o satan_n be_v here_o and_o they_o who_o call_v every_o thing_n antichristian_a in_o the_o ministry_n in_o the_o ordinance_n in_o the_o worship_n in_o the_o literal_a expression_n of_o scripture_n if_o they_o will_v be_v please_v to_o examine_v themselves_o and_o lay_v their_o hand_n upon_o their_o own_o heart_n they_o will_v find_v that_o by_o their_o slight_n of_o the_o scripture_n &_o by_o their_o hang_n upon_o extraordinary_a revelation_n in_o matter_n contrary_a to_o scripture_n they_o themselves_o be_v the_o most_o antichristian_a man_n and_o do_v come_v in_o the_o near_a resemblance_n to_o the_o great_a antichrist_n as_o he_o be_v describe_v by_o the_o apostle_n in_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o thessalonian_n and_o by_o john_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n but_o let_v we_o come_v to_o particular_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o apostle_n even_o him_z who_o come_n be_v after_o the_o work_n of_o satan_n with_o miracle_n sign_n and_o lie_v wonder_n and_o with_o all_o deceivableness_n of_o unrighteousness_n in_o they_o that_o perish_v because_o they_o do_v not_o receive_v the_o truth_n in_o the_o love_n of_o it_o that_o they_o may_v be_v save_v chap._n 2._o ver_fw-la 9_o 10._o in_o which_o word_n the_o apostle_n do_v plain_o show_v and_o foretell_v that_o not_o only_o at_o the_o come_n of_o antichrist_n but_o also_o in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o his_o kingdom_n the_o devil_n shall_v have_v power_n give_v he_o to_o do_v great_a thing_n to_o deceive_v the_o world_n that_o they_o may_v believe_v the_o lie_n of_o antichrist_n
be_v delude_v by_o the_o power_n of_o satan_n what_o shall_v we_o think_v of_o the_o oracle_n among_o the_o heathen_a of_o the_o answer_n of_o the_o gentile_a god_n of_o the_o power_n which_o the_o devil_n have_v in_o those_o country_n that_o lie_v whole_o under_o gross_a idolatry_n there_o be_v no_o doubt_n to_o be_v make_v but_o that_o satan_n have_v great_a power_n to_o deceive_v the_o world_n by_o wonder_n see_v august_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o city_n of_o god_n lib._n 10._o cap._n 16._o the_o scripture_n also_o be_v very_o plain_a to_o the_o same_o purpose_n if_o there_o arise_v among_o you_o a_o prophet_n or_o a_o dreamer_n of_o dream_n and_o give_v thou_o a_o sign_n or_o a_o wonder_n and_o the_o sign_n or_o the_o wonder_n come_v to_o pass_v whereof_o he_o speak_v unto_o thou_o say_v let_v we_o go_v after_o other_o god_n which_o thou_o have_v not_o know_v and_o let_v we_o serve_v they_o thou_o shall_v not_o hearken_v to_o the_o word_n of_o that_o prophet_n or_o dreamer_n of_o dream_n for_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n prove_v you_o to_o know_v whether_o you_o will_v love_v the_o lord_n your_o god_n with_o all_o your_o heart_n and_o with_o all_o your_o soul_n deut._n 13._o ver_n 1_o 2_o 3._o in_o which_o word_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o truth_n may_v be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o church_n of_o god_n according_a to_o the_o write_a word_n and_o yet_o for_o the_o trial_n of_o the_o sincerity_n of_o man_n god_n may_v suffer_v seducer_n to_o arise_v to_o do_v great_a thing_n we_o have_v a_o large_a experience_n of_o this_o in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n for_o when_o our_o saviour_n say_v there_o shall_v arise_v false_a christ_n and_o false_a prophet_n and_o shall_v show_v great_a sign_n and_o wonder_n insomuch_o that_o if_o it_o be_v possible_a they_o shall_v deceive_v the_o very_a elect_a mat._n 24._o 24._o these_o thing_n be_v special_o speak_v of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n when_o the_o devil_n by_o the_o permission_n of_o god_n have_v great_a power_n give_v to_o he_o to_o deceive_v the_o world_n by_o wonder_n and_o sign_n and_o great_a variety_n of_o revelation_n from_o hence_o i_o be_o induce_v to_o believe_v that_o the_o answer_v give_v by_o the_o crucifix_n at_o winchester_n be_v real_a and_o it_o be_v do_v by_o more_o than_o a_o ordinary_a power_n let_v we_o consider_v the_o meaning_n of_o that_o place_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o zachary_n ask_v you_o of_o the_o lord_n rain_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o latter_a rain_n so_o the_o lord_n shall_v make_v bright_a cloud_n and_o give_v shower_n of_o rain_n to_o every_o one_o grass_n in_o the_o field_n for_o the_o idol_n have_v speak_v vanity_n and_o the_o diviner_n have_v see_v a_o lie_n and_o have_v tell_v false_a dream_n chap._n 10._o ver_fw-la 1_o 2._o here_o i_o demand_v how_o can_v the_o idol_n speak_v vanity_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v teraphim_n idol_n make_v after_o the_o similitude_n of_o a_o man._n with_o these_o idolater_n do_v usual_o consult_v in_o matter_n of_o great_a difficulty_n and_o mr._n pemble_n upon_o the_o place_n sai_z it_o be_v very_o probable_a thâ—…t_v the_o devil_n use_v the_o like_a feat_n to_o cozen_v the_o jew_n as_o he_o do_v to_o the_o greek_n and_o other_o simple_a gentile_n and_o we_o may_v say_v the_o same_o touch_v the_o answer_n of_o the_o rood_n god_n in_o his_o just_a judgement_n may_v suffer_v apostatise_v christian_n to_o be_v deceive_v by_o the_o immediate_a delusion_n of_o satan_n because_o they_o do_v not_o receive_v the_o truth_n in_o the_o love_n of_o it_o that_o they_o may_v be_v save_v but_o of_o all_o other_o that_o place_n of_o the_o apostle_n be_v most_o proper_a to_o the_o purpose_n the_o spirit_n speak_v express_o that_o in_o the_o latter_a time_n some_o shall_v depart_v from_o the_o faith_n give_v heed_n to_o seduce_a spirit_n and_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n speak_v lie_n in_o hypocrisy_n have_v their_o conscience_n sear_v with_o a_o hot_a iron_n forbid_v to_o marry_v and_o command_v to_o abstain_v from_o meat_n which_o god_n have_v create_v to_o be_v receive_v with_o thanksgiving_n 1_o tim._n 4._o 1_o 2_o 3._o see_v the_o apostle_n do_v here_o so_o plain_o speak_v of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n and_o of_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n meat_n and_o other_o lawful_a thing_n all_o do_v agree_v in_o it_o that_o he_o point_v to_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n only_o the_o great_a question_n lie_v here_o why_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n mr._n mede_n in_o his_o learned_a treatise_n concern_v the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o late_a time_n think_v that_o this_o be_v genitivus_fw-la materiae_fw-la a_o genitive_a case_n of_o the_o matter_n because_o daemon_n and_o the_o soul_n depart_v be_v so_o much_o worship_v in_o the_o papal_a kingdom_n though_o it_o be_v true_a in_o the_o general_n that_o daemon-worship_n as_o he_o say_v be_v use_v in_o that_o kingdom_n yet_o it_o be_v not_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o text_n for_o here_o be_v plain_o genitivus_fw-la efficientis_fw-la a_o genitive_a case_n of_o the_o efficient_a cause_n for_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n because_o it_o be_v bring_v into_o the_o church_n by_o the_o suggestion_n of_o those_o impure_a spirit_n to_o cast_v miserable_a mortal_n upon_o all_o occasion_n of_o sin_n if_o therefore_o we_o do_v determine_v the_o case_n that_o the_o devil_n in_o the_o rood_n do_v utter_v this_o voice_n touch_v the_o marriage_n of_o minister_n god_n forbid_v it_o shall_v be_v so_o it_o do_v singular_o agree_v with_o the_o word_n of_o the_o apostle_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n in_o antichristian_a time_n that_o it_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n for_o to_o say_v true_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n as_o it_o do_v continue_v for_o many_o hundred_o year_n together_o so_o it_o have_v its_o immediate_a original_n from_o the_o delusion_n of_o satan_n now_o for_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o house_n at_o cleve_n or_o calne_n we_o may_v probable_o believe_v that_o god_n may_v suffer_v the_o devil_n to_o do_v great_a wonder_n for_o so_o spondanus_n call_v it_o mirandum_fw-la to_o deceive_v the_o world_n what_o else_o shall_v be_v the_o meaning_n of_o that_o place_n rev._n 20_o he_o lay_v hold_v on_o the_o dragon_n that_o old_a serpent_n which_o be_v the_o devil_n and_o satan_n and_o bind_v he_o a_o thousand_o year_n and_o cast_v he_o into_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n and_o shut_v he_o up_o and_o set_v a_o seal_n upon_o he_o that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n no_o more_o ver_fw-la 2_o 3._o by_o this_o he_o do_v tacit_o imply_v that_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n be_v a_o time_n of_o the_o lose_n of_o satan_n in_o which_o god_n be_v press_a to_o give_v he_o leave_v to_o do_v great_a wonder_n to_o deceive_v the_o world_n and_o therefore_o in_o the_o two_o last_o verse_n of_o the_o former_a chapter_n these_o word_n be_v express_v and_o the_o beast_n be_v take_v and_o with_o he_o the_o false_a prophet_n that_o wrought_v miracle_n before_o he_o with_o which_o he_o deceive_v they_o who_o have_v receive_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o they_o that_o worship_v his_o image_n these_o both_o be_v cast_v alive_a into_o a_o lake_n of_o fire_n burn_v with_o brimstone_n ver_fw-la 20._o when_o this_o be_v do_v a_o angel_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n with_o a_o great_a chain_n in_o his_o hand_n and_o bind_v the_o dragon_n the_o old_a serpent_n that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n no_o more_o all_o this_o plain_o declare_v that_o in_o antichristian_a time_n the_o devil_n have_v freedom_n to_o do_v great_a wonder_n to_o deceive_v the_o nation_n if_o therefore_o at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o house_n they_o who_o stand_v against_o the_o marriage_n of_o minister_n be_v marvellous_o deliver_v and_o those_o that_o stand_v for_o it_o be_v slay_v outright_o or_o sore_o bruise_v we_o must_v not_o wonder_v at_o these_o thing_n the_o devil_n can_v do_v great_a thing_n to_o deceive_v they_o who_o forsake_v the_o scripture_n and_o the_o know_a will_n of_o god_n to_o hang_v upon_o vision_n dream_n and_o revelation_n there_o be_v a_o time_n when_o the_o devil_n can_v not_o touch_v a_o hair_n of_o job_n head_n thou_o have_v make_v a_o hedge_n about_o he_o and_o his_o substance_n be_v increase_v in_o the_o land_n yet_o we_o see_v when_o god_n do_v give_v leave_n the_o devil_n can_v cause_v fire_n to_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n to_o devour_v his_o sheep_n he_o can_v blow_v down_o
of_o the_o coercive_a power_n be_v so_o far_o from_o be_v tyrannical_a or_o antichristian_a that_o it_o be_v most_o necessary_a for_o the_o suppression_n of_o blasphemy_n and_o reproach_n against_o the_o know_a truth_n of_o god_n for_o some_o fall_n into_o a_o contrary_a extreme_a they_o think_v all_o compulsion_n to_o be_v illegal_a and_o hereupon_o they_o be_v for_o a_o absolute_a boundless_a and_o universal_a toleration_n of_o all_o opinion_n never_o consider_v the_o circumstance_n but_o desperate_o pass_v from_o one_o extreme_a to_o another_o if_o they_o do_v well_o consider_v the_o matter_n there_o be_v no_o ground_n for_o toleration_n of_o blaspemous_a opinion_n right_o so_o call_v for_o perhaps_o some_o either_o through_o passion_n or_o ignorance_n or_o both_o may_v bestow_v such_o a_o opprobious_a title_n upon_o the_o truth_n we_o have_v a_o clear_a instance_n for_o this_o in_o the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n mention_v by_o zachary_n and_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v when_o any_o shall_v yet_o prophesy_v than_o his_o father_n and_o his_o mother_n that_o beget_v he_o shall_v say_v unto_o he_o thou_o shall_v not_o live_v for_o thou_o speak_v lie_n in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o his_o father_n &_o his_o mother_n that_o beget_v he_o shall_v thrust_v he_o through_o when_o he_o propehsy_v zaâ—…h_o 13._o 3._o it_o be_v clear_a that_o these_o thing_n be_v speak_v concern_v the_o glorious_a time_n of_o the_o church_n at_o the_o call_n of_o the_o jew_n when_o the_o lord_n shall_v pour_v upon_o that_o nation_n the_o spirit_n of_o grace_n and_o supplication_n when_o they_o shall_v look_v to_o the_o messiah_n who_o they_o have_v crucify_v when_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o fountain_n open_v to_o the_o house_n of_o david_n and_o to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o jerusalem_n for_o sin_n and_o for_o uncleanness_n their_o chief_a sin_n be_v their_o enmity_n against_o the_o gospel_n and_o the_o justification_n of_o their_o ancestor_n for_o the_o crucify_a of_o christ._n when_o this_o sin_n shall_v be_v mourn_v over_o and_o pardon_v than_o the_o lord_n do_v promise_v that_o all_o idol_n shall_v be_v take_v out_o of_o the_o land_n and_o such_o zeal_n shall_v be_v to_o the_o truth_n that_o the_o parent_n themselves_o rather_o than_o fail_v shall_v concur_v to_o the_o coercion_n of_o such_o a_o son_n who_o shall_v prophesy_v lie_n in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n but_o there_o be_v a_o great_a question_n touch_v this_o expression_n his_o father_n and_o mother_n that_o beget_v he_o shall_v thrust_v he_o through_o this_o can_v be_v take_v according_a to_o the_o letter_n for_o it_o belong_v only_o to_o the_o magistrate_n to_o have_v the_o power_n of_o life_n and_o death_n we_o be_v to_o expound_v this_o phrase_n according_a to_o the_o analogy_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n where_o the_o parent_n be_v to_o bring_v their_o son_n to_o the_o elder_n of_o the_o gate_n and_o so_o proportionable_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n when_o all_o other_o mean_n shall_v be_v try_v in_o vain_a the_o parent_n themselves_o shall_v bring_v their_o son_n to_o the_o civil_a magistrate_n to_o suffer_v rather_o than_o the_o truth_n itself_o shall_v suffer_v many_o have_v endeavour_v to_o avoid_v the_o force_n of_o this_o scripture_n and_o to_o illude_v it_o by_o distinction_n but_o for_o my_o part_n i_o can_v see_v but_o it_o be_v of_o great_a force_n against_o fundamental_a error_n right_o and_o true_o so_o call_v which_o tend_v to_o the_o apparent_a and_o manifest_a ruin_n of_o the_o doctrine_n of_o salvation_n and_o to_o the_o great_a hurt_n of_o the_o soul_n of_o man_n though_o the_o affection_n of_o parent_n be_v tender_a towards_o their_o child_n yet_o in_o those_o wonderful_a time_n the_o prophet_n do_v insinuate_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v more_o tender_a to_o the_o truth_n and_o to_o the_o welfare_n of_o the_o church_n of_o god_n in_o a_o comparative_a sense_n then_o it_o be_v say_v that_o his_o father_n and_o mother_n that_o beget_v he_o shall_v thrust_v he_o through_o further_o though_o a_o toleration_n may_v be_v grant_v to_o tender_a conscience_n yet_o the_o profane_a the_o careless_a and_o those_o that_o never_o mind_v the_o salvation_n of_o their_o soul_n ought_v not_o to_o be_v leave_v to_o their_o free_a indifferency_n the_o magistrate_n shall_v use_v comâ—…ulsion_n to_o they_o to_o bring_v they_o to_o the_o public_a worship_n for_o if_o we_o travel_v through_o the_o land_n in_o the_o length_n and_o breadth_n thereof_o we_o can_v probable_o presume_v any_o other_o but_o that_o the_o great_a part_n will_v desire_v rather_o to_o live_v like_o heathen_n without_o god_n and_o without_o christ_n in_o the_o world_n if_o that_o be_v true_a which_o be_v speak_v of_o some_o place_n it_o be_v much_o to_o be_v lament_v that_o the_o people_n be_v leave_v destitute_a of_o the_o mean_n of_o their_o salvation_n let_v the_o rich_a sort_n pay_v no_o tithe_n or_o that_o which_o be_v equivalent_a have_v they_o at_o a_o easy_a rate_n let_v the_o youth_n have_v their_o pleasure_n and_o pastime_n upon_o the_o lordsday_n i_o believe_v it_o matter_n not_o much_o with_o these_o whether_o there_o be_v any_o public_a worship_n or_o no._n if_o it_o be_v whole_o at_o their_o choice_n the_o church_n or_o the_o publick-place_n of_o meet_v may_v well_o be_v leave_v for_o jackdaw_n or_o such_o like_a bird_n to_o build_v in_o so_o little_o do_v they_o mind_v the_o mean_n of_o their_o salvation_n in_o such_o a_o case_n i_o conceive_v the_o supreme_a magistrate_n the_o keeper_n of_o both_o the_o table_n the_o vicegerent_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n be_v to_o compel_v man_n to_o come_v to_o the_o publick-place_n of_o worship_n so_o do_v the_o godly_a king_n of_o judah_n and_o so_o have_v the_o christian_a state_n and_o government_n ever_o do_v they_o have_v demolish_v the_o monument_n of_o idolatry_n establish_v the_o public_a ordinance_n and_o have_v compel_v the_o more_o ignorant_a and_o rude_a sort_n to_o wait_v upon_o the_o mean_n of_o their_o salvation_n and_o this_o i_o take_v to_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o parable_n when_o the_o lord_n send_v forth_o his_o servant_n to_o invite_v guest_n to_o the_o wedding_n go_v out_o into_o the_o highway_n and_o hedge_n and_o compel_v they_o to_o come_v in_o that_o my_o house_n may_v be_v fill_v luke_n 14._o ver_fw-la 23._o here_o two_o question_n be_v to_o be_v demand_v the_o first_o be_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o guest_n that_o do_v lie_v in_o the_o highway_n and_o the_o hedge_n second_o why_o shall_v compulsion_n be_v use_v rather_o towards_o they_o then_o to_o the_o two_o former_a kind_n for_o the_o guest_n that_o do_v lie_v in_o the_o hedge_n we_o must_v necessary_o understand_v the_o rude_a and_o more_o ignorant_a sort_n of_o people_n as_o the_o night-wanderer_n and_o beggar_n from_o door_n to_o door_n of_o these_o we_o can_v give_v a_o reason_n what_o rule_n of_o marriage_n they_o do_v observe_v what_o difference_n there_o be_v betwixt_o father_n and_o child_n we_o may_v probable_o presume_v that_o the_o great_a part_n of_o they_o live_v without_o god_n and_o without_o christ_n without_o the_o consideration_n of_o heaven_n or_o hell_n or_o the_o future_a state_n of_o the_o soul_n hereafter_o these_o be_v the_o guest_n that_o lie_v in_o the_o highway_n and_o in_o the_o hedge_n now_o why_o be_v it_o that_o compulsion_n shall_v be_v use_v towards_o these_o rather_o than_o the_o other_o two_o kind_n of_o guest_n the_o reason_n i_o take_v it_o be_v this_o that_o they_o have_v not_o a_o tolerable_a discretion_n to_o judge_v of_o that_o which_o be_v good_a for_o their_o salvation_n and_o therefore_o compulsion_n shall_v be_v use_v towards_o such_o brutish_a kind_n of_o man_n and_o though_o they_o will_v lose_v their_o own_o soul_n by_o what_o lie_v in_o they_o yet_o the_o magistrate_n or_o the_o minister_n shall_v not_o lose_v they_o for_o the_o two_o former_a kind_n of_o guest_n the_o one_o be_v of_o a_o more_o civil_a education_n for_o be_v invite_v to_o the_o marriage_n they_o do_v all_o plead_v their_o necessary_a employment_n one_o have_v marry_v a_o wife_n another_o have_v buy_v five_o yoke_n of_o ox_n and_o a_o three_o have_v buy_v a_o parcel_n of_o land_n the_o inordinate_a affection_n to_o some_o one_o worldly_a thing_n or_o other_o be_v the_o true_a cause_n why_o man_n do_v not_o come_v to_o christ_n to_o take_v he_o as_o their_o lord_n and_o husband_n though_o they_o have_v a_o mind_n to_o come_v yet_o they_o be_v loath_a to_o deny_v such_o a_o particular_a profit_n or_o pleasure_n that_o be_v dear_a to_o they_o now_o concern_v these_o we_o read_v that_o the_o servant_n be_v not_o to_o compel_v they_o to_o come_v to_o the_o wedding_n only_o the_o lord_n say_v none_o of_o these_o shall_v taste_v of_o my_o supper_n
they_o who_o refuse_v the_o offer_n of_o christ_n for_o the_o enjoyment_n of_o any_o worldly_a thing_n it_o be_v just_a with_o christ_n to_o refuse_v they_o the_o second_o kind_n of_o guest_n be_v the_o blind_a the_o lame_a the_o poor_a the_o maim_a who_o do_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n and_o lane_n of_o the_o city_n these_o out_o of_o the_o sense_n of_o their_o own_o misery_n do_v come_v to_o the_o feast_n and_o there_o need_v no_o compulsion_n so_o then_o the_o force_n of_o the_o whole_a parable_n be_v this_o that_o the_o rude_a sort_n of_o people_n which_o be_v under_o the_o care_n and_o custody_n of_o the_o magistrate_n be_v in_o a_o special_a manner_n to_o be_v compelse_v to_o worship_n god_n and_o to_o wait_v upon_o the_o mean_n of_o their_o salvation_n but_o lest_o any_o shall_v think_v that_o this_o parabolical_a divinity_n be_v not_o of_o such_o force_n as_o to_o conclude_v the_o point_n we_o have_v many_o other_o place_n to_o prove_v that_o those_o that_o be_v in_o authority_n have_v a_o power_n to_o compel_v those_o that_o be_v under_o they_o to_o worship_n god_n and_o to_o call_v upon_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n what_o else_o shall_v be_v the_o meaning_n of_o those_o word_n in_o the_o four_o commandment_n in_o it_o thou_o shall_v not_o do_v any_o work_n thou_o nor_o thy_o son_n nor_o thy_o daughter_n thy_o man_n servant_n nor_o thy_o maid_n servant_n thy_o cattle_n nor_o thy_o stranger_n which_o be_v within_o thy_o gate_n exod._n 20._o 10._o here_o we_o may_v demand_v the_o reason_n why_o these_o word_n be_v extend_v to_o child_n and_o servant_n what_o have_v parent_n and_o master_n to_o do_v with_o their_o sanctify_a of_o the_o sabbath_n all_o expositor_n upon_o the_o place_n do_v give_v this_o reason_n that_o the_o parent_n or_o the_o master_n do_v not_o right_o worship_n god_n themselves_o unless_o they_o take_v care_n that_o they_o also_o do_v worship_n he_o who_o be_v under_o their_o authority_n and_o jurisdiction_n the_o command_n that_o concern_v the_o duty_n of_o servant_n be_v give_v to_o master_n that_o be_v therefore_o a_o most_o excellent_a speech_n of_o augustine_n tom._n 2._o ep._n 50._o where_o speak_v of_o the_o duty_n of_o king_n out_o of_o the_o second_o psalm_n he_o have_v these_o word_n therefore_o say_v he_o how_o do_v king_n serve_v the_o lord_n in_o fear_n and_o tremble_a no_o other_o way_n but_o by_o prohibit_v and_o punish_v those_o thing_n which_o be_v do_v against_o the_o command_n of_o god_n he_o do_v serve_v god_n after_o one_o manner_n as_o he_o be_v a_o man_n and_o after_o another_o manner_n as_o he_o be_v a_o king_n as_o he_o be_v a_o man_n he_o serve_v he_o by_o live_v religious_o as_o he_o be_v a_o king_n he_o serve_v he_o by_o establâ—…shing_v such_o kind_n of_o law_n with_o convenient_a rigour_n as_o do_v command_n thing_n that_o be_v just_a and_o forbid_v thing_n unjust_a even_o as_o hezekias_n serve_v the_o lord_n by_o destroy_v the_o grove_n and_o the_o temple_n of_o idol_n and_o the_o high-place_n which_o be_v build_v against_o the_o commandment_n of_o god_n as_o josiah_n serve_v the_o lord_n by_o do_v the_o same_o thing_n which_o hezekiah_n do_v as_o the_o king_n of_o the_o ninevite_n serve_v the_o lord_n by_o compel_v the_o whole_a city_n to_o humble_v themselves_o and_o entreat_v the_o face_n of_o god_n and_o go_v on_o in_o passage_n of_o the_o like_a nature_n he_o conclude_v with_o this_o epiphonema_n in_o hoc_fw-la ergo_fw-la serviunt_fw-la domino_fw-la reges_fw-la in_o quantum_fw-la sunt_fw-la reges_fw-la cum_fw-la ea_fw-la faciunt_fw-la ad_fw-la serviendum_fw-la illi_fw-la quae_fw-la non_fw-la possunt_fw-la facere_fw-la nisi_fw-la reges_fw-la in_o this_o therefore_o king_n do_v serve_v the_o lord_n so_o far_o forth_o as_o they_o be_v king_n when_o they_o do_v those_o thing_n for_o his_o service_n which_o otherwise_o they_o can_v do_v but_o in_o relation_n as_o they_o be_v king_n this_o passage_n worthy_a to_o be_v write_v in_o letter_n of_o gold_n be_v cite_v by_o zanchy_a in_o his_o work_n concern_v the_o attribute_n of_o god_n in_o the_o preface_n to_o casimire_n palatine_n of_o the_o rind_n there_o he_o show_v that_o it_o be_v the_o duty_n of_o a_o christian_a prince_n principal_o to_o take_v care_n in_o his_o dominion_n that_o religion_n be_v teach_v out_o of_o the_o pure_a word_n of_o god_n according_a to_o the_o first_o principle_n of_o the_o faith_n which_o other_o call_v the_o analogy_n of_o faith_n and_o the_o pure_a word_n of_o god_n be_v establish_v he_o say_v also_o that_o it_o concern_v the_o prince_n or_o the_o ruler_n to_o take_v care_n that_o the_o people_n wait_v upon_o the_o mean_n of_o their_o salvation_n and_o this_o be_v that_o which_o we_o have_v so_o large_o stand_v upon_o when_o we_o have_v speak_v of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n in_o sundry_a part_n of_o this_o treatise_n we_o have_v not_o follow_v the_o conceit_n of_o they_o who_o be_v for_o a_o personal_a reign_n this_o note_v only_o the_o come_n in_o of_o the_o state_n government_n and_o dominion_n of_o the_o earth_n to_o own_o the_o gospel_n and_o to_o set_v it_o up_o as_o a_o regent-law_n to_o my_o understanding_n then_o this_o matter_n be_v plain_o express_v jer._n 3._o 17._o at_o that_o time_n shall_v they_o call_v jerusalem_n the_o throne_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o all_o the_o nation_n shall_v be_v gather_v unto_o it_o to_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o jerusalem_n neither_o shall_v they_o walk_v any_o more_o after_o the_o imagination_n of_o their_o evil_a heart_n in_o these_o word_n he_o do_v speak_v of_o the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n in_o the_o latter_a time_n it_o can_v be_v mean_v of_o the_o jewish_a church_n before_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n nor_o of_o that_o literal_a kind_n of_o worship_n as_o it_o appear_v ver_fw-la 16._o they_o shall_v say_v no_o more_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o covenant_n of_o the_o lord_n neither_o shall_v it_o come_v to_o mind_n neither_o shall_v they_o remember_v it_o neither_o shall_v they_o visit_v it_o neither_o shall_v that_o be_v do_v any_o more_o it_o be_v manifest_a then_o that_o these_o thing_n be_v speak_v concern_v the_o happy_a estate_n of_o the_o church_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n but_o in_o what_o part_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n must_v these_o thing_n be_v fulfil_v it_o be_v clear_a from_o the_o context_n that_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o call_v of_o the_o jew_n in_o those_o day_n the_o house_n of_o judah_n shall_v walk_v with_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n ver_fw-la 18._o this_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o church_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n but_o what_o be_v the_o mean_n that_o the_o lord_n have_v sanctify_v to_o the_o introduce_v of_o this_o glory_n they_o be_v express_v in_o these_o word_n i_o will_v give_v they_o pastor_n after_o my_o own_o heart_n he_o do_v speak_v of_o the_o civil_a pastor_n in_o the_o commonwealth_n as_o well_o as_o the_o spiritual_a pastor_n in_o the_o church_n david_n be_v a_o pastor_n after_o the_o heart_n of_o christ_n himself_o when_o he_o choose_v he_o to_o feed_v and_o govern_v the_o people_n of_o israel_n such_o pastor_n there_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n and_o by_o such_o the_o lord_n will_v bring_v in_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o church_n the_o like_a passage_n be_v in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o isaiah_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o church_n glory_n that_o shall_v be_v i_o will_v make_v all_o thy_o officer_n peace_n and_o thy_o exactor_n righteousness_n isa._n 60._o 17._o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d all_o thy_o visitation_n peace_n it_o note_v the_o visitation_n of_o the_o prince_n as_o a_o nurse_n father_n that_o have_v care_n of_o the_o church_n and_o further_o it_o be_v add_v thy_o exactor_n righteousness_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o taskmaster_n one_o that_o drive_v on_o the_o work_n which_o imply_v as_o there_o shall_v be_v magistrate_n so_o there_o shall_v be_v use_n of_o a_o coercive_a power_n in_o those_o glorious_a time_n and_o therefore_o this_o passage_n be_v immediate_o add_v violence_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o hear_v in_o thou_o the_o magistrate_n shall_v themselves_o be_v so_o holy_a and_o righteous_a that_o they_o shall_v not_o oppress_v and_o tyrannize_v and_o they_o shall_v also_o be_v so_o impartial_a and_o sincere_a in_o the_o use_n of_o the_o sword_n that_o they_o shall_v keep_v down_o and_o suppress_v all_o exorbitant_a and_o lawless_a course_n i_o have_v the_o more_o careful_o note_v this_o point_n because_o many_o in_o the_o time_n that_o we_o now_o live_v be_v of_o opinion_n that_o all_o coercion_n and_o compulsion_n in_o matter_n of_o religion_n be_v absolute_o
all_o nation_n to_o bring_v forth_o her_o christ-like_a issue_n and_o by_o the_o dragon_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n we_o must_v necessary_o understand_v the_o great_a persecute_v empire_n of_o the_o roman_n which_o for_o 300_o year_n do_v endeavour_v to_o devour_v her_o child_n when_o she_o be_v deliver_v the_o next_o attempt_n be_v to_o drown_v she_o with_o a_o stand_v of_o barbarous_a nation_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o north._n after_o this_o she_o flee_v into_o the_o wilderness_n and_o be_v there_o feed_v 1260_o day_n so_o many_o year_n the_o church_n be_v under_o antichristian_a persecution_n when_o these_o time_n be_v end_v and_o the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n burn_v then_o begin_v the_o marriage_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n come_v from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n as_o a_o bride_n adorn_v for_o her_o husband_n all_o these_o be_v but_o emblem_n and_o figure_n of_o so_o many_o several_a change_n and_o variety_n that_o the_o outward_a visible_a church_n shall_v meet_v withal_o upon_o the_o earth_n she_o do_v very_o much_o resemble_v the_o moon_n in_o her_o several_a form_n and_o appearance_n the_o outward_a visible_a church_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o substance_n but_o she_o be_v distinguish_v according_a to_o different_a relation_n in_o sundry_a change_n of_o time_n these_o thing_n be_v so_o clear_o deliver_v in_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n that_o no_o further_a question_n may_v be_v make_v but_o to_o the_o point_n in_o hand_n concern_v the_o future_a glory_n that_o the_o church_n shall_v enjoy_v in_o the_o late_a day_n let_v we_o compare_v it_o with_o a_o passage_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o zachary_n the_o prophet_n in_o the_o vision_n look_v and_o behold_v a_o man_n with_o a_o measure_n line_n in_o his_o hand_n chap._n 2._o ver_fw-la 1._o man_n go_v to_o measure_v when_o they_o build_v city_n and_o town_n and_o this_o be_v speak_v in_o relation_n to_o the_o waste_n of_o jerusalem_n mention_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n ver_fw-la 12._o how_o long_o will_v thou_o not_o have_v mercy_n on_o jerusalem_n and_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n against_o which_o thou_o have_v indignation_n this_o three_o score_n and_o ten_o year_n in_o opposition_n to_o this_o waste_n of_o the_o church_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o babylonian_a captivity_n the_o prophet_n in_o the_o vision_n do_v see_v a_o man_n with_o a_o measure_n line_n in_o his_o hand_n to_o measure_n jerusalem_n to_o see_v what_o be_v the_o breadth_n thereof_o and_o what_o be_v the_o length_n thereof_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v speak_v in_o effect_n rev._n 21._o 15._o the_o angel_n have_v a_o golden_a reed_n to_o measure_v the_o city_n and_o the_o gate_n thereof_o and_o the_o wall_n thereof_o and_o the_o city_n lie_v foursquare_a and_o the_o length_n be_v as_o large_a as_o the_o breadth_n and_o he_o measure_v the_o city_n with_o a_o reod_n twelve_o thousand_o furlong_n all_o these_o figurative_a expression_n do_v set_v forth_o the_o repair_n of_o the_o church_n in_o opposition_n to_o her_o waste_n in_o all_o antichristian_a time_n for_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o these_o time_n the_o angel_n be_v command_v to_o rise_v and_o to_o measure_v the_o temple_n of_o god_n and_o the_o altar_n and_o they_o that_o worship_n therein_o but_o to_o leave_v out_o the_o court_n that_o be_v without_o the_o temple_n and_o not_o to_o measure_v it_o for_o it_o be_v give_v to_o the_o gentile_n and_o the_o holy_a city_n shall_v they_o tread_v under_o foot_n forty_o and_o two_o month_n chap._n 11._o ver_fw-la 1_o 2._o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n be_v the_o space_n of_o tread_v down_o the_o holy_a city_n by_o antichristian_a gentile_n in_o opposition_n to_o the_o waste_n and_o conculcation_n the_o angel_n do_v measure_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o do_v foretell_v the_o repair_n of_o the_o church_n and_o the_o restitution_n of_o that_o glorious_a state_n which_o she_o shall_v have_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n much_o more_o may_v be_v speak_v to_o the_o same_o purpose_n but_o this_o shall_v suffice_v to_o show_v that_o the_o tenet_n of_o the_o external_a glory_n of_o the_o church_n will_v not_o bring_v we_o back_o again_o to_o popery_n neither_o be_v it_o absolute_o so_o in_o all_o although_o it_o may_v be_v antichristian_a in_o the_o position_n of_o some_o circumstance_n only_o what_o if_o rome_n antichristian_a be_v call_v the_o great_a city_n that_o rule_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v not_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o great_a city_n that_o come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n what_o if_o rome_n antichristian_a be_v the_o woman_n that_o be_v adorn_v with_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o precious_a stone_n chap._n 17._o be_v the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n altogether_o destitute_a of_o these_o ornament_n be_v not_o the_o street_n of_o the_o city_n all_o of_o gold_n like_a to_o transparent_a glass_n rev._n chap._n 21_o what_o if_o rome_n antichristian_a be_v the_o city_n who_o merchant_n be_v the_o great_a man_n of_o the_o earth_n rev._n chap._n 18._o be_v not_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n that_o city_n of_o who_o also_o it_o be_v foretell_v that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v bring_v their_o glory_n to_o she_o do_v not_o all_o the_o prophet_n special_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n speak_v of_o the_o call_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o of_o the_o glory_n of_o that_o church_n that_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a day_n from_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v we_o may_v conclude_v though_o the_o outward_a splendour_n of_o the_o church_n may_v be_v antichristian_a in_o some_o case_n it_o may_v be_v true_o christian_n in_o other_o chap._n xv._n concern_v thâ—…se_a thing_n that_o be_v not_o antichristian_a â—…ut_o be_v only_o false_o so_o call_v by_o the_o separation_n we_o will_v not_o go_v over_o all_o the_o point_n but_o insist_v only_o upon_o those_o that_o be_v of_o great_a moment_n to_o wit_n magistracy_n and_o ministry_n by_o these_o we_o may_v judge_v of_o the_o rest_n for_o the_o stand_n of_o the_o magistracy_n they_o take_v it_o to_o be_v antichristian_a because_o they_o have_v a_o power_n over_o other_o man_n and_o the_o beast_n his_o head_n and_o horn_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o daniel_n they_o find_v by_o read_v that_o these_o do_v signify_v empire_n dominion_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n but_o herein_o they_o be_v great_o deceive_v for_o in_o the_o prophecy_n aforesaid_a the_o beast_n and_o their_o horn_n do_v not_o absolute_o signify_v empire_n &_o dominion_n but_o idolatrous_a empire_n and_o dominion_n and_o not_o absolute_o idolatrous_a empire_n but_o such_o empire_n and_o dominion_n which_o do_v lord_n and_o tyrannize_v it_o over_o the_o church_n of_o god_n and_o do_v try_v the_o faith_n and_o patience_n of_o the_o saint_n by_o many_o passage_n of_o the_o present_a discourse_n we_o have_v sufficient_o clear_v the_o point_n that_o when_o christ_n shall_v begin_v his_o reign_n upon_o earth_n this_o will_v not_o be_v with_o the_o abrogation_n of_o all_o magistracy_n power_n and_o authority_n only_o the_o authority_n and_o government_n shall_v acknowledge_v he_o as_o indeed_o he_o be_v the_o only_a lord_n and_o head_n of_o the_o church_n the_o reign_n of_o the_o lamb_n be_v immediate_o oppose_v to_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o therefore_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o time_n of_o his_o empire_n do_v not_o disannul_v the_o be_v of_o government_n though_o they_o be_v under_o his_o power_n and_o headship_n no_o more_o will_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o lamb_n abrogate_v and_o take_v away_o the_o government_n of_o this_o world_n though_o they_o be_v make_v subject_a to_o his_o law_n magistracy_n be_v the_o ordinance_n of_o god_n they_o be_v guilty_a of_o a_o foul_a error_n then_o whosoever_o they_o be_v that_o shall_v go_v about_o to_o pluck_v up_o magistracy_n under_o the_o colour_n and_o pretence_n of_o a_o antichristian_a encroachment_n but_o this_o engine_n now_o a-days_o be_v more_o principal_o use_v against_o the_o ministry_n the_o great_a design_n to_o throw_v the_o ministry_n out_o of_o the_o conscience_n of_o the_o people_n and_o therefore_o they_o be_v tell_v again_o and_o again_o that_o the_o minister_n be_v antichristian_a in_o their_o title_n in_o their_o ordination_n by_o bishop_n in_o their_o maintenance_n by_o tithe_n etc._n etc._n for_o antichristianism_n in_o title_n to_o make_v this_o good_a they_o reckon_v up_o a_o defame_a catalogue_n of_o name_n the_o pope_n cardinal_n archbishop_n bishop_n parson_n vicar_n curate_n but_o to_o this_o abundant_a satisfaction_n be_v give_v as_o by_o other_o so_o by_o the_o old_a nonconformist_n themselves_o and_o special_o by_o mr._n ball_n in_o his_o answer_n to_o can_n among_o many_o other_o passage_n these_o be_v his_o own_o word_n pag._n 45._o to_o contend_v about_o
the_o name_n of_o parson_n be_v vain_a and_o frâ—…valous_a but_o if_o we_o speak_v of_o the_o office_n and_o ministry_n as_o it_o be_v exercise_v by_o the_o godly_a learned_a and_o painful_a minister_n of_o the_o church_n of_o england_n for_o the_o substance_n thereof_o it_o be_v institute_v of_o christ_n acknowledge_v by_o all_o true_a church_n in_o the_o world_n ever_o since_o the_o first_o plantation_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n know_v by_o all_o reform_a church_n at_o this_o day_n and_o so_o maintain_v by_o the_o nonconformist_n against_o the_o name_n some_o it_o may_v be_v have_v take_v exception_n and_o against_o the_o pride_n idleness_n and_o covetousness_n of_o other_o much_o have_v be_v write_v but_o that_o the_o office_n itself_o of_o parson_n or_o vicar_n as_o they_o preach_v the_o gospel_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o administer_v the_o sacrament_n according_a to_o the_o institution_n of_o christ_n and_o wâ—…tch_v over_o the_o flock_n commit_v to_o their_o charge_n that_o this_o office_n i_o say_v shâ—…uld_v be_v condemn_v as_o antichristian_a by_o the_o nonconformist_n be_v notorious_o fâ—…lse_o and_o the_o contrary_n be_v apparent_o know_v to_o yourself_o in_o many_o passage_n of_o that_o learned_a treatise_n this_o point_n be_v solid_o dispute_v and_o the_o reader_n may_v there_o find_v that_o many_o thing_n be_v term_v antichristian_a which_o be_v not_o but_o be_v false_o so_o call_v by_o the_o separation_n but_o touch_v the_o ordination_n by_o the_o bishop_n there_o be_v a_o great_a accusation_n the_o pulpit-guard_n rout_v have_v these_o word_n you_o yourselves_o have_v conclude_v the_o bishop_n antichristian_a in_o their_o call_v and_o be_v you_o christian_n you_o have_v your_o outward_a call_v from_o they_o aâ—…d_n can_v they_o give_v you_o that_o they_o never_o have_v themselves_o if_o the_o bishop_n be_v true_a minister_n and_o do_v right_o ordain_v why_o then_o do_v you_o preach_v they_o down_o as_o antichristian_a this_o be_v the_o principal_a objection_n it_o have_v a_o answer_n already_o in_o sundry_a treatise_n so_o that_o my_o pain_n may_v be_v spare_v in_o the_o point_n only_o because_o the_o present_a discourse_n be_v concern_v this_o subject_n what_o be_v antichristian_a and_o what_o be_v not_o we_o will_v propound_v these_o quaeres_fw-la to_o they_o that_o differ_v first_o in_o case_n the_o minister_n as_o ordain_v by_o bishop_n be_v antichristian_a yet_o a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o ministry_n in_o be_v do_v never_o partake_v of_o such_o a_o ordination_n they_o be_v make_v minister_n when_o the_o bishop_n be_v not_o second_o though_o the_o diocesan_n bishop_n be_v not_o put_v down_o as_o antichristian_a yet_o none_o can_v say_v that_o the_o formality_n of_o antichristianism_n be_v or_o be_v primary_o and_o immediate_o seat_v in_o he_o for_o as_o i_o have_v show_v in_o all_o the_o passage_n of_o the_o treatise_n aforego_v the_o formality_n of_o antichristianism_n dâ—…th_v stand_v in_o the_o universal_a headship_n and_o this_o begin_v to_o be_v set_v up_o many_o hundred_o year_n after_o the_o time_n of_o the_o diocesan_n bishop_n all_o that_o can_v be_v say_v he_o be_v antichristian_a so_o far_o as_o he_o do_v symbolize_v with_o the_o great_a antichrist_n in_o lordliness_n and_o tyranny_n over_o the_o church_n and_o people_n of_o god_n and_o how_o much_o better_o be_v they_o that_o drive_v the_o trade_n of_o i_o be_o of_o paul_n i_o be_o of_o apollo_n i_o be_o of_o cephas_n sure_o in_o respect_n of_o their_o pride_n singularity_n and_o affectation_n to_o make_v rent_n and_o schism_n in_o the_o church_n they_o also_o may_v be_v term_v antichristian_a by_o analogy_n and_o reduction_n three_o it_o be_v absolute_o false_a that_o the_o ordination_n of_o minister_n do_v former_o depend_v only_o upon_o the_o bishop_n for_o by_o the_o law_n and_o usage_n of_o this_o church_n he_o can_v not_o ordain_v without_o the_o assistance_n of_o other_o minister_n and_o the_o execution_n of_o his_o office_n as_o to_o this_o point_n be_v not_o so_o much_o as_o lord_n bishop_n but_o as_o minister_v and_o elder_n in_o the_o church_n four_o let_v it_o be_v suppose_v that_o the_o power_n to_o ordain_v have_v be_v whole_o seat_v in_o the_o diocesan_n the_o error_n and_o corruption_n in_o the_o instrument_n do_v not_o disannul_v the_o institution_n of_o christ._n ordination_n of_o minister_n be_v from_o christ_n alone_o though_o the_o mean_a to_o transmit_v and_o convey_v it_o be_v from_o men._n five_o if_o any_o shall_v go_v so_o far_o to_o cast_v away_o their_o ordination_n because_o they_o have_v receive_v it_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o the_o bishop_n must_v not_o they_o by_o the_o analogy_n and_o force_n of_o the_o same_o rule_n be_v drive_v upon_o this_o rock_n to_o renounce_v the_o sacrament_n and_o all_o other_o ordinance_n of_o christ_n when_o they_o conceive_v that_o they_o be_v apply_v by_o the_o hand_n of_o evil_a minister_n and_o what_o be_v this_o but_o plain_a popery_n to_o make_v the_o ordinance_n of_o christ_n whole_o â—…o_o depend_v upon_o the_o personal_a worthiness_n or_o unworthiness_n of_o the_o administrator_n for_o the_o maintenance_n of_o the_o minister_n by_o the_o tithe_n they_o be_v most_o frivolous_a to_o affirm_v that_o this_o be_v a_o antichristian_a provision_n for_o what_o if_o this_o way_n of_o allowance_n have_v be_v use_v in_o antichristian_a time_n and_o have_v be_v convey_v to_o we_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o antichristian_a man_n shall_v we_o therefore_o abdicate_v and_o cast_v it_o away_o as_o antichristian_a by_o the_o same_o rule_n we_o must_v renounce_v the_o article_n of_o our_o creed_n the_o ten_o commandment_n the_o lord_n prayer_n our_o privilege_n that_o we_o hold_v by_o magna_fw-la charta_fw-la our_o land_n that_o we_o possess_v in_o capite_fw-la and_o socage_n and_o what_o not_o for_o these_o have_v be_v use_v in_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n and_o have_v pass_v down_o to_o we_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o antichristian_a man_n by_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v it_o be_v clear_a that_o many_o thing_n be_v call_v antichristian_a which_o be_v not_o so_o but_o be_v false_o so_o term_v by_o the_o separation_n yet_o nevertheless_o if_o minister_n or_o other_o have_v in_o any_o kind_n acknowledge_v a_o authority_n which_o be_v direct_o or_o indirect_o mediate_o or_o immediate_o antichristian_a so_o far_o as_o they_o have_v more_o or_o less_o acknowledge_v it_o so_o far_o they_o ought_v to_o mourn_v or_o repent_v antichristianism_n be_v a_o sin_n more_o direct_o and_o immediate_o against_o the_o kingly_a office_n of_o christ_n for_o which_o cause_n he_o have_v denounce_v such_o heavy_a judgement_n against_o it_o as_o we_o have_v former_o show_v so_o far_o forth_o then_o as_o a_o man_n do_v submit_v to_o a_o authority_n and_o to_o the_o law_n make_v by_o a_o authority_n that_o be_v contrary_a to_o christ_n so_o far_o forth_o he_o do_v sin_n against_o christ_n for_o this_o in_o effect_n be_v to_o put_v he_o out_o of_o place_n and_o to_o entertain_v his_o enemy_n in_o his_o room_n now_o this_o no_o pious_a man_n can_v or_o will_v do_v but_o he_o will_v easy_o apprehend_v it_o to_o be_v a_o pierce_a and_o wound_v of_o christ_n and_o for_o this_o he_o will_v go_v forth_o into_o the_o porch_n and_o weep_v bitter_o thus_o i_o have_v divide_v the_o matter_n between_o two_o extreme_n though_o minister_n and_o other_o be_v not_o to_o leave_v their_o station_n yet_o as_o they_o have_v in_o any_o kind_n sin_v against_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o true_a head_n and_o king_n of_o the_o church_n they_o have_v so_o far_o forth_o cause_n to_o judge_v themselves_o that_o they_o may_v not_o be_v judge_v finis_fw-la postscript_n courteous_a reader_n although_o about_o two_o year_n since_o at_o the_o request_n of_o a_o friend_n i_o late_o review_v it_o yet_o this_o treatise_n of_o i_o be_v finish_v certain_a year_n ago_o since_o that_o it_o have_v meet_v with_o many_o hindrance_n and_o now_o i_o believe_v have_v not_o another_o occasion_n bring_v i_o up_o to_o the_o city_n it_o have_v neither_o at_o this_o time_n come_v into_o public_a view_n all_o thing_n consider_v the_o whole_a series_n and_o continual_a succession_n of_o impediment_n of_o year_n past_a and_o now_o only_a the_o opportunity_n offer_v by_o this_o i_o be_o induce_v to_o believe_v the_o publish_n of_o these_o thing_n be_v not_o so_o much_o by_o humane_a counsel_n as_o by_o divine_a providence_n perhaps_o god_n work_n be_v now_o set_v on_o foot_n for_o the_o deliverance_n of_o his_o poor_a afflict_a people_n and_o it_o may_v be_v in_o this_o juncture_n of_o time_n some_o passage_n in_o this_o treatise_n may_v be_v subservient_fw-fr to_o such_o end_n the_o wiseman_n say_v word_n speak_v in_o due_a season_n be_v like_o apple_n of_o gold_n in_o picture_n of_o silver_n by_o the_o thing_n that_o i_o have_v write_v thou_o may_v understand_v how_o
constantine_n the_o great_a after_o these_o thing_n he_o show_v the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n by_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n that_o come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n chap._n 13._o ver_fw-la 1._o this_o beast_n do_v signify_v the_o roman_a tyranny_n in_o the_o last_o and_o the_o antichristian_a edition_n and_o he_o further_o add_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o this_o kingdom_n that_o the_o eternal_a gospel_n shall_v be_v preach_v to_o every_o kindred_n tongue_n and_o nation_n chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 6._o &_o 7._o then_o also_o the_o deceive_v king_n shall_v be_v undeceive_v and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n shall_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n chap._n 11._o 15._o that_o be_v those_o kingdom_n which_o former_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v become_v subject_a to_o the_o law_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o gospel_n here_o be_v a_o plain_a example_n though_o not_o in_o the_o age_n of_o the_o apostle_n of_o whole_a christian_a nation_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gospel_n i_o willing_o yield_v that_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n be_v that_o by_o and_o through_o which_o primary_o and_o immediate_o church_n be_v gather_v yet_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o magistrate_n the_o same_o gospel_n also_o be_v countenance_v law_n be_v make_v parish_n be_v divide_v minister_n maintain_v and_o the_o body_n of_o the_o nation_n bring_v to_o attend_v to_o that_o which_o be_v or_o at_o least_o may_v be_v the_o mean_a of_o their_o salvation_n i_o can_v think_v but_o with_o great_a horror_n what_o will_v ensue_v if_o the_o design_n of_o some_o man_n shall_v take_v place_n it_o will_v be_v the_o very_a abaddon_n and_o apollyon_n to_o the_o church_n of_o god_n but_o let_v we_o look_v what_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o king_n of_o europe_n they_o shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n and_o make_v her_o desolate_a and_o naked_a and_o shall_v burn_v her_o flesh_n with_o fire_n chap._n 17._o if_o they_o shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n than_o they_o shall_v destroy_v the_o idolatry_n and_o superstition_n of_o that_o church_n which_o they_o do_v former_o so_o love_v and_o admire_v and_o on_o the_o contrary_a part_n they_o shall_v countenance_v the_o gospel_n bring_v in_o their_o people_n and_o do_v as_o much_o for_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n which_o they_o do_v former_o persecute_v and_o hate_v of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n it_o be_v say_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v bring_v their_o glory_n to_o she_o chap_n 21._o but_o lest_o any_o shall_v think_v that_o this_o be_v mean_v only_o of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o church_n in_o heaven_n let_v sundry_a passage_n of_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n be_v consider_v the_o scope_n of_o all_o whiâ—…h_n be_v to_o show_v that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v bring_v their_o glory_n unto_o the_o church_n there_o be_v much_o speak_v also_o of_o the_o come_n in_o of_o whole_a nation_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o king_n and_o the_o adorn_v of_o the_o church_n by_o the_o bounty_n of_o king_n read_v chap._n 60._o per_fw-la totum_fw-la with_o many_o other_o place_n if_o these_o thing_n be_v right_o consider_v man_n will_v not_o have_v such_o prejudices_fw-la against_o a_o national_a constitution_n and_o set_v up_o of_o the_o gospel_n by_o the_o authority_n power_n and_o command_n of_o king_n and_o prince_n what_o shall_v we_o make_v of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n be_v it_o not_o direct_o and_o diametral_o opposite_a to_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n let_v the_o angel_n himself_o together_o with_o our_o own_o experience_n show_v wherein_o the_o formality_n and_o the_o be_v thereof_o do_v consist_v so_o he_o speak_v the_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v ten_o king_n which_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n as_o yet_o but_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n these_o have_v one_o mind_n and_o shall_v give_v their_o power_n and_o strength_n unto_o the_o beast_n these_o shall_v make_v war_n with_o the_o lamb_n but_o the_o lamb_n shall_v overcome_v they_o for_o he_o be_v the_o lord_n of_o lord_n and_o king_n of_o king_n rev._n 17._o ver_fw-la 12_o 13_o 14._o the_o effence_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n lie_v in_o the_o confederacy_n of_o king_n and_o in_o their_o yield_a themselves_o to_o the_o name_n and_o headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n this_o be_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n upon_o the_o earth_n so_o by_o the_o rule_n of_o proportion_n the_o reign_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o lamb_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o holy_a association_n and_o concurrence_n of_o christian_a prince_n to_o set_v up_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n his_o name_n and_o headship_n as_o the_o regent-law_n among_o the_o nation_n from_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v it_o be_v clear_a that_o this_o doctrine_n be_v not_o contrary_a to_o the_o authority_n of_o magistrate_n nay_o it_o be_v most_o forcible_a and_o effectual_a to_o establish_v the_o law_n and_o government_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o the_o same_o ground_n i_o do_v here_o desire_v to_o speak_v a_o word_n or_o two_o and_o oh_o that_o i_o can_v speak_v it_o with_o tear_n the_o reformation_n in_o germany_n and_o now_o late_o in_o england_n have_v be_v and_o yet_o be_v much_o deform_v by_o abalienation_n of_o the_o church_n revenue_n and_o in_o pass_v away_o that_o which_o former_a age_n have_v bestow_v i_o may_v speak_v of_o a_o great_a part_n at_o least_o upon_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n these_o be_v scandal_n to_o the_o enemy_n let_v our_o conscience_n in_o the_o mean_a while_n judge_n whether_o this_o be_v not_o a_o scandal_n give_v rather_o than_o a_o scandal_n take_v whether_o we_o do_v not_o open_v the_o mouth_n of_o the_o enemy_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o speak_v evil_a of_o the_o reformation_n and_o whether_o we_o be_v not_o faulty_a in_o this_o point_n moses_n go_v in_o god_n way_n and_o by_o his_o command_n and_o it_o be_v a_o glorious_a work_n to_o deliver_v israel_n from_o the_o bondage_n of_o egypt_n yet_o withal_o when_o he_o be_v in_o the_o discharge_n of_o so_o excellent_a a_o work_n than_o the_o lord_n stand_v in_o the_o way_n to_o kill_v he_o exod._n 4._o 24._o our_o army_n be_v go_v forth_o against_o the_o enemy_n and_o the_o proteâ—…ant_a army_n be_v like_a to_o go_v forth_o more_o and_o more_o these_o be_v the_o time_n or_o at_o least_o do_v border_n upon_o the_o time_n of_o the_o suâ—…per_n of_o the_o fowl_n of_o the_o great_a vintage_n of_o thâ—…_n batâ—…el_n of_o armageddon_n there_o be_v like_a to_o be_v great_a commotion_n of_o state_n army_n against_o army_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o therefore_o by_o collation_n of_o all_o circumstance_n we_o can_v be_v fat_a off_o from_o the_o performance_n of_o all_o that_o have_v be_v foretell_v it_o be_v meet_v for_o we_o to_o see_v our_o own_o sin_n and_o special_o that_o which_o i_o have_v hint_v before_o we_o go_v on_o in_o the_o lord_n work_v these_o thing_n i_o have_v think_v good_a to_o annex_v by_o way_n of_o appendiâ—…_n my_o purpose_n be_v not_o to_o speak_v any_o thing_n to_o please_v or_o diâ—…please_v any_o party_n neither_o can_v i_o tell_v how_o any_o party_n will_v be_v please_v with_o i_o it_o may_v be_v i_o may_v displease_v all_o however_o i_o do_v desire_n to_o please_v my_o own_o conscience_n in_o deliver_v that_o which_o i_o conceive_v to_o be_v a_o truth_n of_o god_n there_o be_v one_o thing_n whiâ—…h_v i_o think_v meet_v more_o â—…ully_o to_o explain_v myself_o in_o i_o have_v in_o the_o precede_a treatise_n make_v it_o a_o good_a part_n of_o my_o work_n to_o prove_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o and_o the_o last_o metal_n kingdom_n and_o that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v in_o the_o consideration_n and_o notion_n of_o such_o a_o kingdom_n when_o the_o church_n and_o the_o conâ—…inent_a of_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n and_o sovereignty_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n this_o i_o know_v the_o follower_n of_o junius_n will_v not_o away_o with_o and_o many_o learned_a man_n in_o these_o time_n do_v follow_v this_o way_n of_o interpretation_n but_o because_o we_o will_v not_o unnecessary_o controvert_v and_o make_v ourselves_o more_o enemy_n than_o needs_o we_o will_v be_v content_a to_o say_v that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v at_o the_o end_n or_o end_n of_o all_o four_o metal-kingdome_n and_o where_o they_o end_v in_o the_o method_n order_n and_o way_n of_o account_n the_o roman_a do_v begin_v and_o whereas_o we_o have_v endeavour_v chap._n 6._o pag._n 116._o to_o prove_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdome_n to_o be_v at_o that_o instant_n of_o time_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n the_o same_o argument_n mutatis_fw-la mutandis_fw-la will_v prove_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a at_o the_o end_n of_o all_o four_o metal-kingdome_n and_o so_o the_o follower_n of_o junius_n and_o we_o shall_v agree_v in_o the_o substance_n of_o the_o interpretation_n let_v we_o compute_v the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n as_o decree_v and_o enact_v under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n and_o in_o that_o series_n and_o way_n of_o account_n it_o will_v be_v 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o that_o great_a empire_n do_v succeed_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdome_n here_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o calculation_n according_a to_o the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n according_a to_o the_o division_n and_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n in_o daniel_n image_n if_o we_o go_v either_o way_n the_o account_n will_v be_v make_v good_a finis_fw-la hier._n in_o levit._n quot_fw-la verba_fw-la tot_fw-la mysteria_fw-la quot_fw-la syllaba_fw-la tot_fw-la sacramenta_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d iren._n lib._n 2._o c._n 39_o l._n 3._o c._n 3._o â—…us_fw-la l._n 3._o c._n 23._o epiph._n haeres_fw-la 51._o rev._n 16._o act_n 1._o 7._o 7._o in_o his_o treatise_n concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n note_n note_n note_n note_n *_o and_o beside_o the_o testimony_n of_o josephus_n dio_n the_o historian_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d jew_n 〈◊〉_d taxâ—…d_v by_o gabinius_n 〈◊〉_d 3â—…_n note_n
a_o plain_a and_o easy_a calculation_n of_o the_o name_n mark_n and_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n wherein_o these_o three_o point_n be_v declare_v first_o the_o name_n in_o the_o apocalyptical_a style_n be_v no_o other_o but_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n oppose_v to_o the_o name_n power_n and_o headship_n of_o the_o lamb._n second_o the_o number_n in_o the_o same_o style_n be_v the_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o this_o name_n or_o headship_n in_o which_o respect_n it_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n three_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o exposition_n be_v clear_v by_o agreement_n of_o all_o particular_n both_o in_o the_o text_n and_o in_o the_o whole_a prophecy_n and_o by_o the_o event_n of_o thing_n a_o sure_a interpreter_n of_o prophecy_n humble_o present_v to_o the_o studious_a observer_n of_o scripture-prophecy_n god_n work_n and_o the_o time_n by_o nathaniel_n stephens_n minister_n of_o penny-drayton_n in_o leicestershire_n whereunto_o be_v prefix_v a_o commendatory_a epistle_n write_v by_o mr._n edm._n calamy_n london_n print_v by_o ja._n cottrel_n for_o matth_n keynton_n at_o the_o fountain_n nath_n heathcoat_n at_o the_o gild_a acorn_n and_o hen_n fletcher_n at_o the_o three_o gild_a cup_n in_o s._n paul_n churchyard_n 1656._o to_o the_o reader_n that_o which_o one_o faith_n of_o the_o book_n of_o leviticus_n sacramenta_fw-la may_v be_v also_o true_o say_v of_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n that_o it_o contain_v as_o many_o mystery_n as_o word_n and_o as_o many_o sacrament_n as_o syllable_n hence_o it_o be_v that_o calvin_n p._n martyr_n bucer_n melancthon_n and_o luther_n profess_v that_o they_o dare_v not_o adventure_v upon_o the_o interpretation_n of_o it_o because_o of_o the_o difficulty_n they_o find_v in_o it_o hence_o it_o be_v also_o that_o so_o many_o by_o adventure_v into_o this_o sea_n have_v make_v shipwreck_n not_o only_o of_o their_o own_o credit_n but_o also_o of_o the_o truth_n and_o have_v rather_o reveal_v their_o own_o weakness_n than_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o revelation_n and_o yet_o notwithstanding_o i_o dare_v not_o but_o much_o commend_v and_o encourage_v those_o that_o sober_o humble_o diligent_o and_o devout_o endeavour_v to_o find_v out_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o book_n especial_o when_o i_o consider_v that_o say_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n blessed_n be_v he_o that_o read_v and_o 〈◊〉_d they_o that_o hear_v the_o word_n of_o this_o prophâ—…y_n and_o keep_v those_o thing_n which_o be_v write_v therein_o only_o i_o crave_v leave_n to_o suggest_v that_o whosoever_o will_v undertake_v to_o unfold_v these_o heavenly_a mystery_n must_v careful_o avoid_v three_o rock_n 1._o he_o must_v take_v heed_n of_o indulge_v too_o much_o to_o fancy_n for_o fancy_n be_v not_o a_o sure_a foundation_n to_o build_v divine_a interpretation_n upon_o many_o man_n have_v deceive_v themselves_o and_o other_o by_o trust_v too_o much_o unto_o the_o luxuriancy_n of_o their_o fancy_n there_o be_v a_o learned_a man_n that_o make_v eight_o chapter_n from_o the_o 4_o to_o the_o 12_o to_o be_v prediction_n of_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o titus_n etc._n etc._n and_o he_o please_v his_o fancy_n make_v the_o seal_n and_o the_o trumpet_n to_o agree_v to_o this_o conceit_n of_o he_o but_o if_o those_o vision_n be_v present_v to_o saint_n john_n in_o domitian_n time_n when_o he_o be_v banish_v into_o patmos_n which_o be_v after_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n then_o sure_o this_o fancy_n of_o he_o will_v prove_v a_o mere_a dream_n and_o delusion_n now_o that_o john_n be_v banish_v in_o domitian_n time_n and_o that_o he_o then_o have_v these_o apocalyptical_a vision_n make_v know_v to_o he_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o irenaeus_n tertullian_n eusebius_n hierome_n and_o divers_a 51._o other_o indeed_o epiphanius_n say_v twice_o that_o he_o be_v banish_v in_o the_o time_n of_o claudius_n the_o emperor_n but_o petavius_n that_o comment_n upon_o he_o sai_z that_o he_o be_v herein_o great_o mistake_v paraeus_n say_v it_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d epiphanii_n in_o put_v down_o claudius_n for_o domitianus_n now_o to_o build_v such_o noâ—…el_a interpretation_n upon_o a_o mistake_n of_o epiphanius_n must_v needs_o itself_o be_v a_o great_a mistake_n 2._o he_o must_v take_v heed_n that_o he_o do_v not_o appropriate_v what_o be_v speak_v in_o general_a concern_v the_o church_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o world_n unto_o that_o particular_a church_n and_o nation_n in_o which_o he_o live_v this_o have_v be_v a_o common_a error_n of_o many_o interpreter_n hence_o it_o be_v that_o a_o learned_a man_n make_v one_o of_o the_o angel_n that_o pour_v out_o the_o vial_n 16._o to_o be_v queen_n elizabeth_n another_o the_o lord_n cecil_n lord_n treasurer_n of_o england_n hence_o it_o be_v also_o that_o we_o have_v be_v so_o much_o deceive_v in_o expound_v of_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n and_o of_o their_o eminent_a slaughter_n at_o the_o end_n of_o their_o prophesy_v in_o sackcloth_n every_o nation_n according_a to_o the_o several_a persecution_n which_o it_o have_v be_v under_o labour_v to_o make_v the_o eminent_a slaughter_n of_o the_o witness_n to_o syncronize_v with_o its_o sad_a condition_n some_o say_v it_o be_v past_a other_o say_v it_o be_v yet_o to_o come_v and_o if_o i_o may_v be_v so_o bold_a as_o to_o interpose_v my_o judgement_n i_o shall_v conceive_v that_o the_o latter_a of_o these_o two_o opinion_n be_v the_o true_a for_o if_o what_o this_o author_n not_o only_o say_v but_o solid_o prove_v be_v true_a that_o the_o roman_a antichrist_n do_v not_o arise_v till_o 606_o year_n after_o christ_n and_o if_o antichrist_n must_v reign_v 1260_o year_n and_o if_o this_o eminent_a slaughter_n must_v not_o be_v till_o towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o witness_n than_o it_o will_v necessary_o follow_v that_o it_o must_v be_v many_o year_n before_o this_o eminent_a slaughter_n will_v happen_v 3._o he_o must_v take_v heed_n that_o he_o be_v not_o too_o peremptory_a in_o determine_v of_o time_n and_o season_n especial_o of_o such_o time_n which_o be_v yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v our_o saviour_n christ_n say_v 7._o it_o be_v not_o for_o you_o to_o know_v the_o time_n or_o the_o season_n which_o the_o father_n have_v put_v in_o his_o own_o power_n and_o we_o find_v by_o sad_a experience_n that_o they_o that_o have_v be_v most_o confident_a in_o define_v the_o time_n when_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v convert_v and_o when_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v destroy_v have_v be_v woeful_o deceive_v one_o learned_a man_n make_v the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n to_o be_v in_o the_o year_n 1650_o but_o we_o have_v live_v to_o see_v this_o bold_a assertion_n confute_v another_o will_v have_v it_o to_o happen_v 1655_o but_o this_o also_o we_o now_o know_v to_o be_v false_a another_o upon_o very_o weak_a ground_n conclude_v that_o it_o will_v be_v in_o the_o year_n 1656._o another_o in_o the_o year_n 1665._o such_o peremptory_a assertion_n and_o conclusion_n argue_v great_a confidence_n but_o be_v build_v upon_o such_o weak_a foundation_n that_o in_o the_o issue_n it_o will_v appear_v that_o they_o have_v deceive_v both_o themselves_o and_o other_o the_o reverend_a and_o learned_a author_n of_o this_o ensue_a tractate_n have_v undertake_v a_o great_a and_o difficult_a task_n that_o be_v to_o unriddle_v not_o only_o the_o name_n and_o mark_v of_o the_o beast_n but_o also_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n which_o he_o have_v perform_v with_o so_o much_o modesty_n humility_n industry_n and_o exquisite_a care_n that_o i_o be_o much_o assure_v that_o whosoever_o will_v vouchsafe_v to_o read_v what_o he_o have_v write_v though_o it_o may_v be_v he_o will_v not_o accord_v with_o he_o in_o all_o that_o he_o say_v yet_o he_o will_v much_o commend_v his_o pain_n and_o learning_n and_o bless_v god_n for_o the_o good_a he_o receive_v by_o it_o it_o cost_v the_o author_n no_o doubt_n a_o great_a deal_n of_o time_n to_o compose_v it_o and_o it_o be_v pity_n that_o so_o much_o pain_n and_o study_n shall_v not_o be_v expose_v to_o public_a view_n if_o renown_v and_o learned_a mr._n vine_n to_o who_o this_o author_n be_v well_o know_v and_o who_o have_v the_o perusal_n of_o this_o work_n be_v now_o alive_a it_o shall_v have_v have_v his_o public_a approbation_n but_o he_o be_v now_o with_o god_n and_o therefore_o give_v i_o leave_v in_o his_o stead_n christian_n reader_n to_o commend_v it_o to_o thy_o diligent_a perusal_n and_o to_o accompany_v it_o with_o my_o prayer_n to_o god_n that_o that_o holy_a spirit_n which_o at_o first_o make_v know_v the_o revelation_n unto_o saint_n john_n will_v reveal_v the_o meaning_n of_o it_o to_o thou_o and_o i_o your_o servant_n in_o the_o work_n of_o the_o lord_n edm_n calamy_n to_o